Page 1

Edition no. 9


i

DE

K E U R B ED

RI

PAGE 3

2

SPRING BALANCER

PAGE 31

3

CRANE SCALES & DYNAMOMETERS

PAGE 33

4

CARGO LASHINGS

PAGE 41

5

WEBBING SLINGS & ROUND SLINGS

PAGE 51

6

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

PAGE 63

7

CHAIN SLINGS & SHACKLES

PAGE 65

8

LIFTING CLAMPS

PAGE 87

9

LIFTING MAGNETS

PAGE 107

10

VACUUM LIFTING

PAGE 113

11

PALLET HOOKS

PAGE 117

12

WINCHES

PAGE 119

13

LIFTING JACKS

PAGE 135

14

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

PAGE 141

15

PALLET TRUCKS

PAGE 145

16

STACKERS

PAGE 151

17

LIFTING TABLES

PAGE 153

18

DRUM HANDLING

PAGE 159

19

SKATES

PAGE 165

20

FALL ARREST EQUIPMENT

PAGE 169

21

CRANE SYSTEMS

PAGE 181

22

ELECTRIC CABLE SYSTEMS

PAGE 189

N

I

E

H

JS

J

HOISTS & TROLLEYS

N

ER

EN

1

VE

K

index

-

&

HEFMID

D

EL

® REMA - © Copyright

1


1 1-15

2 31-32

3 33-40

4 41-50

5 51-62

6 63-64

7 65-86

8 87-95

9 107-112

10 113-116

11 117-118

12 119-134

13 135-140

14 141-144

15 145-150

16 151-152

17 153-158

18 159-164

19 165-168

20 169-180

21 181-188

22 189-196

2


1 HAND CHAIN HOISTS

Page 4 - 7

RATCHET HOISTS

Page 8 - 10

POWER PULLERS

Page 11

WIRE ROPE HOISTS

Page 12

PNEUMATIC HOISTS

Page 13

ELECTRIC CHAIN HOIST AND TROLLEY’S

Page 14 - 25

RADIO REMOTE CONTROL

Page 26

TROLLEYS

Page 27 - 30

BEAM BUFFER

Page 30

3


Elephant Super 100 Hand Chain Hoist

H

Model Elephant Super 100 is a robust hand chain hoist designed for heavy and increased loads, bearing safety, ergonomics and low operating effort in mind. Properties - Low operating effort at full load due to bearing shafts. - Double brake pawl system. - Self-locking brake that can hold loads at any desired height. - Suspension and load hooks equipped with safety latches. - The load hook will yield under overload instead of abrupt breaking. - Low overall height allows integration with an Elephant trolley. - Patented load chain links for long life. - Zinc-plated load chain (grade 80 in compliance with EN 818/7). - Zinc-plated hand chain. Standard delivery - 3 m hoisting height except for HOISTMAN = 2.5 m (max. distance between top and hook positions). - 2.5 m operating height. Options - Available in any other hoisting and operational heights (except for H-0.15). type

ref. no.

HOISTMAN S-100/500 S-100/1000 S-100/1600 S-100/2000 S-100/3100 S-100/5000

safe working load

0100000 0100001 0100003 0100005 0100007 0100009 0100011

0.5 - 2.0 t

hand effort max.

load chain dia x pitch

(kg)

(kg)

(mm)

150 500 1.000 1.600 2.000 3.100 5.000

17.0 22.0 25.5 34.0 33.0 35.0 35.0

3.0 x 9.3 5.0 x 15.0 6.3 x 19.1 7.2 x 21.0 8.0 x 24.2 7.2 x 21.0 9.0 x 27.2

number of falls

hand chain dia x pitch

(mm) 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

2.3 x 14.0 5.0 x 23.6 5.0 x 23.6 5.0 x 23.6 5.0 x 23.6 5.0 x 23.6 5.0 x 23.6

minimum headroom hookdirect suspension connection with trolley 111 / 112 (mm) (mm)

(kg) 3.0 9.0 11.4 14.7 21.0 24.0 39.5

287 310 360 388 505 620

220 275 300 335 375 530 625

weight

3.1 - 5.0 t B

E

C

G

B

E

D

C

G

H

D

H

type A

A

F

F

I

I

HOISTMAN S-100/500 S-100/1000 S-100/1600 S-100/2000 S-100/3100 S-100/5000

4

Amin B C (mm) (mm) (mm) 47 97 220 65 155 275 69 160 300 75 167.5 335 83 183 375 75 167.5 530 90 190 625

D (mm) 50 90 91 92.5 100 92.5 100

E (mm) 100 140 160 183 215 230 282

F (mm) 22 30 34 39 43 50 58

G (mm) 24 36 43 48 53 60 70

H (mm) 15 17 22 27 29 37 46

I (mm) 9 33 35 37 41 62.5 78.5


Select 300 OD Hand Chain Hoist

Q

Series REMA Select 300 OD (Overload Device) models are hand chain hoists equipped with an overload prevention devices to form hoists of safe and reliable operation. Properties - Overload prevention device to prevents hoists from dangerous overloads. - Low operating effort at full load due to bearing support and driving gear. - Extremely safe operation thanks to a double brake pawl system. - Self-locking brake with asbestos-free friction discs. - Chain wheels are made of precision and strain-resistant alloy steel. - Suspension and load hooks with safety latches. - Load hooks will yield under overload instead of abrupt breaking. - Zinc-plated load chain (grade 80 in compliance with EN 818/7). - Zinc-plated hand chain. - Reliable steel plate housing in orange finish.

Overload prevention device

Double brake pawl system

Standard delivery - 3 m lifting height (max. distance between top and bottom hook positions). - 2.5 m operating height.

Bearing supported axle

* no overload prevention device

Options - Available in any other lifting and operating heights. - Chain container.

0.25 t - 2.0 t

type

ref. no.

S-300/250* S-300/500 S-300/1000 S-300/1500 S-300/2000 S-300/3000 S-300/5000 S-300/7500 S-300/10000 S-300/15000* S-300/20000*

0111000 0111001 0111003 0111005 0111007 0111009 0111011 0111013 0111015 0111016 0111017

safe working load

hand effort max.

load chain dia x pitch

(kg) 250 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 3.000 5.000 7.500 10.000 15.000 20.000

(kg) 23.5 24.9 28.4 30.8 34.3 34.3 37.2 36.8 38.2 37.8 38.2

(mm) 4.0 x 12.0 5.0 x 15.0 6.3 x 19.1 7.2 x 21.0 8.0 x 24.2 7.2 x 21.0 9.0 x 27.2 9.0 x 27.2 9.0 x 27.2 9.0 x 27.2 9.0 x 27.2

3.0 t - 5.0 t

A

7.5 t

A

B

number of falls

hand chain DxT

headroom

weight

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 6 8

(mm) 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24

(mm) 280 350 383 442 485 565 688 690 765 900 950

(kg) 6 10.7 12.2 17.5 19.3 29 41 62 78.5 135 190

10.0 t

B

A

B

Chain container

A

B

® ®

® ®

Hmin Hmin

Hmin

Hmin

C

C

C

D

D

D

15.0 t

A

I

I

I

B

20.0 t

A

Hmin C

D

type S-300/250* S-300/500 S-300/1000 S-300/1500 S-300/2000 S-300/3000 S-300/5000 S-300/7500 S-300/10000 S-300/15000* S-300/20000*

®

Hmin

®

B

C D

5

I

Amin (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

Hmin (mm)

120 146 161 182 202 230 250 430 460 718 900

114 138 154 176 177 176 189 189 189 200 200

21 23 27 33 35 39 45 47 54 70 80

31 35 40 45 50 55 65 67 75 95 106

280 350 383 442 485 565 688 690 765 900 950


QM22 Hand Chain Hoist

Q

Model REMA QM22 is a modern hand chain hoist equipped with a grade 100 load chain. The compact and solid design guarantees a user-friendly and safe operation. Properties - Pewag Grade 100 electroplated load chain of high tensile strength (EN 818/7). - Compact design and low tare weight. - Reliable self-locking brake for safe operation. - Hooks equipped with safety latches. - Load hooks will yield under overload instead of abrupt breaking. - Zinc-plated load chains. Standard delivery - 3 m lifting height (max. distance between top and bottom hook). - 2.5 m operating height. Options - Available in any other lifting and operating heights. type

ref. no.

QM-22/500 QM-22/1000 QM-22/1500 QM-22/2000 QM-22/3000 QM-22/5000

0022001 0022003 0022005 0022007 0022009 0022011

type QM-22/500 QM-22/1000 QM-22/1500 QM-22/2000 QM-22/3000 QM-22/5000 0.5 - 2.0 t

safe working load

hand effort max.

load chain dia x pitch

(kg) 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 3.000 5.000

(kg) 26 32 36 36 39 35

(mm) 4.3 x 12 5.6 x 17 6.5 x 19 7.5 x 21 6.5 x 19 7.5 x 21

G

weight

1 1 1 1 2 3

(mm) 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24 5 x 24

(mm) 275 310 340 380 480 555

(kg) 7 10 13 18 20 35

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

F (mm)

G (mm)

H (mm)

I (mm)

275 300 335 375 530 625

130 143 152 163 152 163

53 61 68 75 68 75

76 82 84 89 84 89

121 148 168 193 209 297

24 29 29 34 36 45

30 34 35 43 43 58

16 22 26 29 35 46

13 16 21 22 28 34

5.0 t B

E

D

C

G

H

headroom

B (mm)

3.0 t C

hand chain DxT

Amin (mm)

B

E

number of falls

H

B

E

D

C H

G

速 速

A

A

A

F

F

F

I

I

I

Hand chain hoists in explosion-proof and corrosion resistant designs on special inquires

6

D


1000 kg - 6300 kg

KBT 300 OD low headroom hoist-trolley

V

Properties - This trolley can only be supplied in combination with hand chain hoist Select 300 OD (page 5). - Extremely low construction height (135 - 235 mm). - Suitable for profiles with both straight and sloping flanges. - Bearing through maintenance free ball bearings. - Wheel fracture support devices for additional safety. - Moveable by hand. - Technical info Select 300 OD hand chain hoist (see page 5).

type

KBT300OD-1 KBT300OD-2 KBT300OD-3.2 KBT300OD-5 KBT300OD-6.3

ref. no

0923001 0923003 0923005 0923007 0923009

safety work load

flange width

(kg)

(mm)

1000 2000 3200 5000 6300

74-150 82-156 103-223 119-215 119-215

hoist type

chain size

number of falls

300OD-0.5 300OD-1.0 300OD-2.0 300OD-2.0 300OD-2.0

5.0 x 15.0 6.3 x 19.1 8.0 x 24.2 8.0 x 24.2 8.0 x 24.2

E (mm)

type

Hmin (mm) KBT300OD-1 135 KBT300OD-2 160 KBT300OD-3.2 190 KBT300OD-5 235 KBT300OD-6.3 235

A (mm) 554 684 765 873 873

B1 (mm) 206 254 279 336 336

C1 (mm) 129 149 169 201 201

B2 (mm) 234 406 461 524 524

C2 (mm) 151 211 236 279 279

2 2 2 4 4 D1 (mm) 117 165 165 184 184

D2 (mm) 223 265 325 327 327

E1 (mm) 217 240 240 259 259

E2 (mm) 134 152 173 180 180

minimum radius

weight included 3 m lift height

(mm)

(kg)

2500 4000 4500 6000 6000

69 118 181 293 296

L M M1 M2 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 348 28 40 18 392 36 50 24 499 40 55 28 512 45 65 37 512 45 65 37

F (mm) 27.5 36.5 44.0 39.0 39.0

SELECT 30L / 300 OD combined with trolleys of low constructional height

Q

These trolleys are available exclusively for combination with series Select 300 OD hand chain hoists. Properties - Low constructional height. - Suitable for various types of profiles with flat and bevel flanges. - Bearing support using maintenance-free ball bearings. - Wheel break supports for a higher safety. - Specifications series Select 300 OD see “hand chain hoists�. type

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

S30L-0.5 S30L-1.0 S30L-1.5 S30L-2.0 S30L-3.0 S30L-5.0

0919001 0919003 0919005 0919007 0919009 0919011

500 1000 1500 2000 3000 5000

flange width M

minimum radius

weight incl. hoist

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

50 - 203 64 - 305 74 - 305 88 - 305 100 - 305 114 - 305

850 1000 1100 1100 1300 1400

17.5 25.8 37.5 48.0 65.5 90.5

type

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

H (mm)

S (mm)

Z (mm)

F (mm)

S30L - 0.5 S30L - 1.0 S30L - 1.5 S30L - 2.0 S30L - 3.0 S30L - 5.0

286 405 412 419 435 475

258 292 319 358 434 448

385 451 489 551 629 1165

299 331 383 411 460 978

30 35 38 38 40 42

7.5 10.5 10.5 12.0 14.0 15.0

1.5-3 1.5-3 1.5-3 1.5-3 1.5-3 1.5-3

7


Elephant Y2 ratchet hoist

H

Model Elephant Y2 Puller is a positively robust ratchet lever hoist suitable for lifting, pulling, spanning and clamping in any directions. Properties - Low tare weight, compacts dimensions and low operating effort on the lever at full load. - Suspension and load hooks equipped with safety latches. - Load hooks will yield under overload instead of abrupt breaking. - Self-locking brake that can hold loads at any desired height. - Safe operation due to the patented double brake pawl system. - With no load, the chain can be moved freely. - Lever with rubber-coated anti-slip grip. - Zinc-plated load chain. (grade 80 in compliance with EN 818/7).

Y2

Standard delivery - 1.5 m lifting height (max. distance between top and bottom hook positions). Option - Available in any other lifting heights. type

ref. no.

Y2-250 Y2-500 YA-1000 YA-1600 Y2-3000 Y2-6000 Y2-9000

YA

0206000 0206001 0208003 0208005 0206007 0206009 0206011

hand effort max.

(kg)

(kg)

(mm)

30 35 37 30 30 32 34

4.0 x 12.0 5.0 x 15.0 5.6 x 17.1 7.2 x 21.0 9.0 x 27.2 9.0 x 27.2 9.0 x 27.2

250 500 1.000 1.600 3.000 6.000 9.000

T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

A

0.8-3.0 t A

B

E

Y2-250 Y2-500 YA-1000 YA-1600 Y2-3000 Y2-6000 Y2-9000

91 110 144 162 194 194 194

60 85 122 136 176 235 300

6.0 t

minimum head room

weight

(mm)

(kg)

235 265 312 350 420 570 705

2.0 3.6 7.5 9.5 15.5 26.5 42.0

1 1 1 1 1 2 3

235 265 294 360 420 570 705

155 284 268 360 385 385 385

70 83 91 99 110 110 110

19 23 23 29 36 45 66

12 15 15 21 28 34 48

31 34 36 43 53 70 85

9.0 t A

B

E

number of falls

E C G T S A B D (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

type

Y2 Puller idle position/brake system At position „down� of the pre-selecting switch, pull out and rotate the disc in clockwise direction. Then, throw pre-selection switch to neutral position. Now, you can pull the chain over the hoist freely. With any sudden movement, the brake system will act immediately. 0.25-0.5 t

load chain dia x pitch

safe working load

A B

E

B

E

D C

D

C

C

C

D

D

G

S T

G

G

G

S

S

S T

T

8

T


Select 3 OD ratchet hoist

Q

In its standard design, REMA Select 3 OD (Overload Device) ratchet lever hoist equipped with an overload prevention device is a reliable means for lifting, pulling, spanning and clamping. Properties - Low operating effort at full load due to bearing shafts. - Overload prevention device that prevents hoist from dangerous overloads. - Double brake pawl system for an improved safety of operation. - Self-locking brake with asbestos-free friction discs. - Load chain wheel of precision and wear-resistant alloy steel. - With no load, the chain can be moved freely. - Suspension and load hooks equipped with safety latches. - Load hooks will yield under overload instead of abrupt breaking. - Zinc-plated load chain (grade 80 in compliance with EN 818/7). - Lever with rubber-coated anti-slip grip. - Reliable steel plate housing in orange finish.

0.75 - 9.0

Overload prevention device

Double brake pawl system

Standard delivery - 1.5 lifting height (max. distance between top and bottom hook positions). Option - Available in any other lifting heights.

0.25 - 0.5

type

ref. no.

S3-250* S3-500 S3-750 S3-1500 S3-3000 S3-6000 S3-9000

0211000 0211001 0211003 0211005 0211007 0211009 0211011

Load chainwheel bearing

safe working load

maximum hand effort

(kg)

(kg)

(mm)

250 500 750 1.500 3.000 6.000 9.000

28.2 24.8 26.5 29.5 33.5 37.0 42.0

4.0 x 12.0 5.0 x 15.0 5.6 x 17.1 7.2 x 21.0 10.0 x 28.0 10.0 x 28.0 10.0 x 28.0

load chain dia x pitch

number of falls 1 1 1 1 1 2 3

headroom

weight

(mm)

(kg)

245 300 330 400 520 640 795

2.1 5.3 6.5 10.2 22 34 45

* no overload prevention device 0.25 t

0.5 t - 3.0 t A

C

6.0 t A

C

A

C

B

B

9.0 t A

C

B

B

D

H

E

F

H

H

D

E

type S3-250 S3-500 S3-750 S3-1500 S3-3000 S3-6000 S3-9000

E

F

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

92 143 148 173 200 200 200

71 86 87 99 112 112 112

70 118 132 145 199 230 338

158 253 278 378 388 388 388

D

H

F

A (mm)

9

D

E

E (mm)

F (mm)

Hmin (mm)

20 24 27 33.5 40 42.5 53

31 31.5 35.5 42.5 50 53 67

245 300 330 400 520 640 795

F


QP25 ratchet hoist

Q

Model REMA QP23 is a safe and user-friendly ratchet lever hoist. Can be used both for hoisting, towing and clamping. Properties - With no load, the chain can be moved freely. - Safe and reliable self-locking brake. - Double brake pawl system for increased safety. - Lever with rubber-coated anti-slip grip. - Freely rotating hooks equipped with safety latches. - Load hooks will yield under overload instead of abrupt breaking. - Grade 80 zinc-plated load chains (EN 818/7). Standard delivery - 1.5 m lifting height (max. distance between top and bottom hook positions). Option - Available in any other lifting heights.

type

ref. no.

QP25-0.75 QP25-1.5 QP25-3.0 QP25-6.0

0207003 0207005 0207007 0207009

type

H (mm) 321 376 475 495

QP25-0.75 QP25-1.5 QP25-3.0 QP25-6.0

safe working load (kg)

hand effort max. (kg)

load chain dia x pitch

750 1.500 3.000 6.000

15 23 35 37

6 x 18.0 8 x 24.2 10 x 30.2 10 x 30.2

A (mm) 151 175 200 200

B (mm) 90 100 116 116

0.75 t - 3.0 t

(mm)

C (mm) 111 121 191 191

1 1 1 2 D (mm) 279 413 413 413

headroom

weight

(mm)

(kg)

321 376 475 495

7 13 21 30

E (mm) 25.5 30.8 40.5 45.5

F (mm) 17.5 20.6 26.9 34.5

6.0 t A

C

A

C

B

H

number of falls

B

H

D

D

E

E

F

10

F


MADE MADE IN THE THE IN USA USA

MD Power Puller

H

A light-weight and especially robust spanning tool. Ideal for many kinds of operation. Innumerable applications for pulling, dragging and spanning purposes. Properties - Safety factor 4. - Hooks are equipped with safety latches. - Anti-slip safety grip.

type

ref. no.

MD-144 S MD-144 SB

0310001 0310003

safe horizontal working load (kg)

working range

cable diameter

weight

(m)

(mm)

(kg)

450 750

3.66 1.83

4.76 4.76

3.6 4.1

Accessories Wire pulling chain

Barbed wire puller

ref. no. . . . . . 0310012

ref. no. . . . . . 0310014

MADE MADE IN THE THE IN USA USA

MDWS Band Puller

H

A flexible sheath prevents from injuries and controls loads. Properties - Non-conducting. - User-friendly, saves hands from injuries.

DO NOT USE FOR LIFTING IMPORTANT

- Before use, check steel wire rope and flexible sheath for damages. - Before use, check suspension and/or load hooks for tilting and for missing safety latches hooks. - Never use an extension pipe on the lever to exert a higher force on the puller!

type

ref. no.

MDWS-1 MDWS-2 MDWS-25

0310005 0310007 0310009

safe horizontal working load (kg)

webbing length

225 450 225

working range

webbing width

weight

(m)

(m)

(mm)

(kg)

3.66 3.66 7.62

3.50 1.73 3.05

25 25 25

3.3 3.8 3.5

MADE MADE IN THE THE IN USA USA

MDA-0 Rope puller Lightweight and very robust spanning tool. Ideally suited for many jobs. Innumerable applications for pulling, dragging and spanning operations. Properties - Non-conductive. - Easy hand operation. Options - Rope including eye hook 20 - 30 - 40 m. - Extended lengths upon request. type

ref. no.

MDA-0

0310011

11

safe horizontal working load (kg)

rope length

diameter rope

weight

(m)

(mm)

(kg)

350

-

12.7

3.2

H


Gripper wire rope hoist

H

REMA Gripper is a very robust wire rope gripper that can be used in vertical, horizontal and diagonal directions in designs of 800 kg, 1600 kg and 3200 kg load capacities. Both the shear pin and the lever will reliably indicate overload. Properties - Precise operation. - Almost entirely maintenance-free. - Aluminum alloy housing, low tare weight. - The shear pin will break at 25 % overload and the lever will be bent at 50 % overload. - A broken pin can be replaced without removing load. - Spare shear pins are located either in the carrying handle or in the operating lever (GP-0.8). Standard delivery - Excluding wire rope. Options - Steel wire rope set; standard lengths: 20 m, 30 m, 40 m, 50 m and 60 m.

ref. no.

type

0350001 0350003 0350005

GP-0.8 GP-1.6 GP-3.2

safe working load (vertical) (kg) 800 1.600 3.200

A

maximum hand effort (kg)

lever length (mm)

steel wire rope diametre (mm)

lifting height at 1 lever movement (mm)

weight without steel wire rope (kg)

weight of 20 m steel wire rope (kg)

28 41 44

740 1120 1120

8.4 11.6 16.1

52 55 28

6.1 11.9 21.1

6 12 22

B

F

C

C E

A

D B

GP-0.8 GP-1.6 GP-3.2

i

type

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

F (mm)

425 545 660

65 95 116

230 270 325

59 72 94

170 190 220

22.0 24.5 29.5

User

instructions

- Pull lever A (or lever B) backward. - Push lever C forward and upward into end (idle) position. - Now, both jaws are open to thread the wire rope through them. - Remove lever C from idle position; now the rope is clamped by the jaws. - Put the operating hand lever onto lever A and move it back-and-forth to span the wire rope. - Put the operating hand lever onto lever B and move it back-and-forth to loosen the wire rope.

-

IMPORTANT

Before use, lubricate the gripper with oil, excluding the clamp jaws. Before use, check the shear pin for proper working condition. Before use, check the wire rope for damages. Before use, check the wire rope for proper threading through both clamp jaws. Never use levers longer than the standard actuating lever. User

instructions

- Should the shear pin be broken, replace it. - Before use, lubricate the gripper with oil, excluding the clamp jaws. - To clean the gripper, open the housing, clean inside it then apply oil to lubricate it.

12


250 kg - 2.000 kg

Pneumatic chain hoists

REMA pneumatic chain hoists can be utilized advantageously in ports, marine applications, in the petrochemical, pulp and food industries. Properties - Air pressure 6 bar. - Air hose Ă&#x2020; 12 mm until < length 10 m; Ă&#x2020; 20 mm until > length 10 m. - From 1000 kg upwards models are equipped with an overload protection device. - Self-locking brake that can hold loads at any desired height. - Electroplated load chain (grade 80 in compliance with EN 818/7). Standard delivery - 3 m lifting height (max. distance between top and bottom hook positions). - 1.8 m cord control (K) or push-button control (DK). - Limit switches at the top and bottom hook positions. - Chain casing for 3 m lifting height. - Type LKDK is delivered with a pneumatic trolley and push-button control. Options - Larger lifting and control heights. - Larger chain casing. - Oil filter/diffuser. - Overload protection 500 kg. type

ref. no.

KA1S-025K KA1S-050K KA1S-100K KA2S-100K KA2S-200K KA1S-025DK KA1S-050DK KA1S-100DK KA2S-100DK KA2S-200DK KA1S-025DK t/m KA1S-050DK

0701001 0701003 0701005 0701007 0701009 0701101 0701103 0701105 0701107 0701109

safe working load

lifting speed

(kg)

with load (m/min)

without load (m/min)

250 500 1000 1000 2000 250 500 1000 1000 2000

18.0 12.0 6.0 6.5 3.2 18.0 12.0 6.0 6.5 3.2

23.0 19.0 9.5 10.0 5.0 23.0 19.0 9.5 10.0 5.0

KA1S-100DK

number of falls

load chain

air consumption

(mm)

(ltr/sec)

weight incl. 3 m lifting height (kg)

1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2

6.3 x 19 6.3 x 19 6.3 x 19 7.1 x 21 7.1 x 21 6.3 x 19 6.3 x 19 6.3 x 19 7.1 x 21 7.1 x 21

27 27 27 30 30 27 27 27 30 30

23 23 33 40 45 23 23 33 40 45

KA2S-100DK t/m KA2S-200DK 360 135

530 230

188

180 min. length 1t : 462 2t : 552

13

min. length 1t : 282 2t : 372

210


150 kg - 3.000 kg

Elephant 400 V electric chain hoist

H

The 400 V electric chain hoists are extremely solid and have a robust steelplate housing. Very popular due to its complete design with limit switches, 24V control voltage and plug connectors. Its long duty cycle and high hoisting speed guarantee trouble free operation and a long life. Range of 500 kg up to 3,000 kg. Properties - Slipping clutch to prevent overload. - Brake that will hold the load at any desired height. - Limit switches for top and lowest hook positions - 24 V control voltage. - Power and control cables provided with plug connectors. - Protection against phase transposition. - Galvanized load chain, class DAT (grade 80) acc. to EN 818/7. Motor - 400 V/440V, 3ph, 50/60 Hz - 24V control voltage. - FEM 9.511 class: 1Am. - Protection class IP54. - Isolation class E. Standard delivery - 3 m lifting height (max. distance between top and lower hook). - 1,8 m control height with load relief. - Limit switches top and lowest hook positions. - 24V pendant control station - 4 m power cable. - Plastic chain container for 3 m lifting height. Options - Increased lifting and control height. - Larger chain container > 3 m. - Radio remote control page 26. type

ref. no.

FAH05/500 FAH10/1000 FAH 20/2000 FAH 30/3000 FBH05/500 FBH10/1000 FBH20/2000 FBH30/3000

0515001 0515003 0515005 0515007 0512013 0512015 0512017 0512019

safe working load (kg)

speed duty cycle standard lift/ 120 sw/h precision lift (m/min.) (%ED)

500 1.000 2.000 3.000 500 1.000 2.000 3.000

FAH-0.5/1.0

7.0 7.6 3.8 2.5 7.0/1.8 7.6/1.9 3.8/1.0 2.5/0.6

N B

load chain DxT

0.9 1.6 1.6 1.6 0.9/0.25 1.6/0.4 1.6/0.4 1.6/0.4

6.3 x 19.1 7.1 x 21.2 7.1 x 21.2 7.1 x 21.2 6.3 x 19.1 7.1 x 21.2 7.1 x 21.2 7.1 x 21.2

40 40 40 40 40/20 40/20 40/20 40/20

FBH-0.5/1.0 C

power standard lift /prec. lift (kW)

1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3

30 30 15 10 30 30 15 10

480 570 710 810 480 570 710 810

FBH-2.0 C

O

N B

O

C

connection with trolley 111 MAS hook direct hook direct (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 577 687 854 975 577 687 854 975

M

A

C N

L

480 570 710 810

36 43 53 60

26 33 42 50

86 107 144 165

24 31 44 49

19 23 30 35

14

N M

K Æ

O

K Æ

K Æ

M

O N M L C B A D Hmin K (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 311 348 372 427

O

H

N

O

224 239 239 239

C

D

L

124 128 165 208

530 597 724 831 530 597 724 831

weight

(kg) 43 56 64 83 44 57 65 84 FBH-3.0

B

H

L

161 170 133 148

619 709 867 990 619 709 867 990

FAH-3.0

D

N

488 576 712 816 488 576 712 816

A

H

FAH/FBH05 FAH/FBH10 FAH/FBH20 FAH/FBH30

min. headroom (mm)

FAH-2.0

D

type

max. lifting height (m)

(mm)

C

A

M

parts

O


100 kg - 500 kg

Elephant 230 V electric chain hoists

H

Alpha electric chain hoists are compact and very low in weight (aluminium housing). Applicable in many situations due to high duty cycle in combination with a high lifting speed. Range of 100 kg up to 500 kg. Properties - Slipping clutch to prevent overload. - Load-pressure brake that will hold the load at any required height. - Galvanized load chain, class DAT (grade 80) acc. to EN 818/7. - ALH-230V 1 speed, ALHB-230V 2 speeds, ALHV-230V variable speed - ALC-400V/24V 1 speed. Motor 230V - 230V, 1ph, 50/60 Hz - direct control. - FEM 9.511 class: 1Am. - Protection class IP54. - Isolation class B. Standard delivery - 3 m lifting height (max. distance between top and lower hook). - 1,8 m control height with load relief and pendant control station. - ALH-direct control, ALC 24V control except in case of emergency stop. - 4 m power cable. - Plastic chain container for 3 and 6 m chain, plastic bag from 6 m chain. Options - Increased lifting and/or control height. - Larger chain container > 3 m. - Radio remote control (see page 26) with the exception of type ALC and ALHV.

230V 400V

vitesse variable

2 vitesse

1 vitesse

type

ref. no.

safe working load

lifting speed high/low (m/min.)

duty cycle 120 sw/h

power high/low

(ED%)

(kW)

load chain DxT (mm)

number max. of lifting falls height (m)

min. headroom (mm)

weight

(kg)

ALH01/100 ALH16/160 ALH025/250 ALH05/500 ALHB01/100 ALHB016/160 ALHB025/250 ALHB05/500 ALHV01/100 ALHV016/160 ALHV025/250 ALHV05/500

0513005 0513007 0513009 0513011 0513015 0513017 0513019 0513021 0513101 0513103 0513105 0513107

100 160 250 500 100 160 250 500 100 160 250 500

13.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 13.0/4.0 15.0/5.0 10.0/4.0 5.0/2.0 1~13.0 1~15.0 1~10.0 0.5~5.0

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6

4 x 12 4 x 12 4 x 12 4 x 12 4 x 12 4 x 12 4 x 12 4 x 12 4 x 12 4 x 12 4 x 12 4 x 12

1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2

30 30 30 15 30 30 30 15 30 30 30 15

325 325 325 415 325 325 325 415 325 325 325 415

15 17 17 20 15 17 17 20 15 17 17 20

ALC015/150 ALC025/250 ALC05/500

0514001 0514003 0514005

150 250 500

9.0 9.0 4.5

40 40 40

0.55 0.55 0.55

4 x 12 4 x 12 4 x 12

1 1 2

30 30 15

325 325 500

18 18 22

325 minimale

Concerning series ALC models: dimension A depends on the type of motors motor output 1 ph. / 300 W. 1 ph. / 600 W. 3 ph. / 550 W.

415 minimale

A (mm) 177 233 203 ALC / ALH / ALHB 500 kg

ALC / ALH / ALHB 100 - 250 kg

15


When ordering, please supply us with flange width in mm.

Elephant MAS electric trolleys Properties - Single-pin design. - 1 travel speed. - Anti-tilt and wheel fracture support devices. - Incl. a 24 V control unit and a pendant control with emergency stop. - Convenient plug-type connection.

H

Motor - Motor output: 0.4 kW. - Duty cycle: 30%. - Operating voltage: 400 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz. - Insulation class: E. - Protection class IP 54 Min. radius of curve - type 0.5 - 1.0 = 1100 mm - type 2.0 - 3.0 = 1500 mm I G

E

F

J

type

ref. no.

MAS - 0.5 MAS - 1.0 MAS - 2.0 MAS - 3.0

0920001 0920003 0920005 0920007

safe working load (kg)

for hoist model

500 1000 2000 3000

FAH/FBH FAH/FBH FAH/FBH FAH/FBH

speed (m/min)

flange width (mm)

E

F

G

I

10 10 10 10

75 - 300 75 - 300 100 - 300 100 - 300

248 248 265 318

228 228 245 234

120 120 148 117

242 242 288 310

weight

J

wheel diameter (mm)

102 102 120 154

65 65 80 98

31 31 40 64

dimensions in mm

(kg)

When ordering, please supply us with flange width in mm.

EEFS electric trolleys

H

Properties - Single-pin design only suitable for models FAH and FBH. - 2 speeds 5/20 m/min. - Anti-tilt and fall-restraining devices. - Excl. 24 V control and pendant control. Motor - Motor output: 0.04/0.18 kW. - 40 % duty cycle. - 400 Volt, 3 phase, 50 Hz. - isolation class F - Protection class IP54.

type

EEFS-1.0 EEFS-2.0 EEFS-3.2

ref. no.

safe working load

for hoist model

0821001 0821003 0821005

1000 2000 3200

FAH/FBH FAH/FBH FAH/FBH

16

speed

flange width (mm)

wheel diameter (mm)

weight

(m/min)

Min.Radius Curve (min)

5 / 20 5 / 20 5 / 20

1000 1500 2000

66 - 300 66 - 300 82 - 300

70 70 103

18 18 34

(kg)


FAH/KS-FBH/KS low headroom hoist-trolley

V

Properties - Specifications hoist (FAH-FBH) and trolley (MAS) can be found on the pages 14 and 16. - Delivery of 1- and 2-ton type only. Standard delivery - 3 m lifting height. - 1.8 m control height. - End switch for heighest and lowest position. - 24V pending control. - Plastic chain casing. Options - Larger lifting and control heights. - Larger chain casing. - Radio remote control.

type

ref. no.

FAH/KS10 FAH/KS20 FBH/KS10 FBH/KS20

0520001 0520003 0520005 0520007

17

safe working load

max. lifting height (m)

hoogste haakstand (mm)

length between axle trolley (mm)

gain in height (mm)

1000 2000 1000 2000

30 15 30 15

423 580 423 580

970 970 970 970

260 300 260 300


125 kg - 6.300 kg

SR 400 V electric chain hoists

V

The new REMA series SR is an advanced-design electric chain hoist exhibiting such important features such as the very high duty cycle and modular assembly. Capacity range 125 kg t/m 6.300 kg. Properties - 400 V, 3 phase 50 Hz - direct control. - Attractive appearance, low constructional height. - Very high duty cycle thanks to an air-cooled hoisting motor used. - Easy repair & maintenance due to modular design. - The patented slip-type clutch unit meets all the safety requirements, thus loads will not fall even clutch malfunction or overload. - Brake holds loads at any desired height. - As a result of modular design, the motor, the encapsulated drive, the brake and the drive motor can be replaced independently. - Easy converting from single chain to double chain due to patented chain end locking. - Pewag zinc-plated load chain. DAT grade 80 complies with EN 818/7. Standard delivery - 3 m lifting height (max. distance between top and bottom hook positions). - Control height of 1.8 m, by means of pendant control (direct control or 24 V control with electric limit switches. - Model 110/111 supplied with one hole suspension plate. - 1 m connecting cable. - Chain container. Options - Higher lifting and control heights. - Chain containers of larger capacity. - Other operating voltages and frequencies are available. - Cordless remote control. type

ref. no. direct control

ref. no. safety control

safe working load

lifting speed

(kg)

(m/min)

number of falls

load chain

duty cycle

(mm) SR020/52 125 SR021/53 125 SR021/52 160 SR021/51 250 SR020/53 250 SR021/53 250 SR021/52 320 SR021/51 500 SR030/50 500 SR030/52 500 SR071/53 500 SR070/54 800 SR030/52 1000 SR071/53 1000 SR071/55 1000 SR070/53 1000 SR070/56 1250 SR090/55 1600 SR091/56 1600 SR070/54 1600 SR071/55 2000 SR070/53 2000 SR110/52 2500 SR111/52 2500 SR070/56 2500 SR090/55 3200 SR091/56 3200 SR111/54 3200 SR110/52 5000 SR111/52 5000 SR111/54 6300

0860000 0860001 0860002 0860003 0860005 0860007 0860004 0860009 0860011 0860013 0860017 0860025 0860015 0860019 0860029 0860033 0860037 0860041 0860027 0860031 0860035

0860039 0860043

0861000 0861001 0861002 0861003 0861005 0861007 0861004 0861009 0861011 0861013 0861017 0861025 0861015 0861019 0861029 0861033 0861037 0861041 0861045 0861027 0861031 0861035 0861049 0861053 0861039 0861043 0861047 0861057 0861051 0861055 0861059

125 125 160 250 250 250 320 500 500 500 500 800 1000 1000 1000 1000 1250 1600 1600 1600 2000 2000 2500 2500 2500 3200 3200 3200 5.000 5.000 6.300

8 8/2 6/1.5 8/2 12 4/1 3/0.75 4/1 6 8 10/2.5 8 4 5/1.25 6/1.5 10 8 8 10/2.5 4 3/0.75 5 10 10/2.5 4 4 5/1.25 8/2 5 5/1.25 4/1

standard bigger chain weight chain container incl. 3 m container lifting height lifting height lifting height (m) (m) (kg)

(ED%/sw/h) 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2

4.0 x 12 4.0 x 12 4.0 x 12 4.0 x 12 5.2 x 15 4.0 x 12 4.0 x 12 4.0 x 12 5.2 x 15 5.2 x 15 7.2 x 21 7.2 x 21 5.2 x 15 7.2 x 21 7.2 x 21 7.2 x 21 7.2 x 21 9.0 x 27 9.0 x 27 7.2 x 21 7.2 x 21 7.2 x 21 11.3 x 31 11.3 x 31 7.2 x 21 9.0 x 27 9.0 x 27 11.3 x 31 11.3 x 31 11.3 x 31 11.3 x 31

60/360 50/40-240 40/25-240 40/25-240 60-240 50/40-240 40/25-240 40/25-240 60-240 40-240 60/25-240 60-240 40-240 60/25-240 40/20-240 60-240 60-240 60/240 60/25/240 60-240 60/25-240 60-240 60/240 40/25/240 60-240 60/240 60/25/240 25/25/150 40/240 40/25/240 25/25/150

12 12 12 12 8 6 6 6 4 8 5 5 4 4 5 5 5 10 10 4 4 4 6 6 4 5 5 6 3 3 3

30 30 30 30 25 15 15 15 12 25 17 17 12 8 17 17 17 18 18 8 8 8 12 12 8 9 9 12 6 6 6

16 16 16 17 17 18 17 18 18 18 45 39 20 53 45 45 45 70 78 53 53 53 90 108 53 79 88 108 107 125 125

Bigger lifting heights (and larger chain bags) on request

18


SR 400 V electric chain hoists SR with suspenion plate

SR with hook suspension

A D B

C

E

J1

G1 G

H1

H

Modular design of the SR model.

Hoist dimensions

type

SR020/52 125 SR021/53 125 SR021/52 160 SR021/51 250 SR020/53 250 SR021/53 250 SR021/52 320 SR021/51 500 SR030/50 500 SR030/52 500 SR071/53 500 SR070/54 800 SR030/52 1000 SR071/53 1000 SR071/55 1000 SR070/53 1000 SR070/56 1250 SR090/55 1600 SR091/56 1600 SR070/54 1600 SR071/55 2000 SR070/53 2000 SR110/52 2500 SR111/52 2500 SR070/56 2500 SR090/55 3200 SR091/56 3200 SR111/54 3200 SR110/52 5000 SR111/52 5000 SR111/54 6300

FEM 9.511 lifting motor 3m 3m 3m 2m 2m 3m 3m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 1Bm 2m 1Am 1Am 1Bm 2m 2m 2m 1Am 2m 2m 2m 1Bm 2m 2m 1Bm 2m 2m 1Bm

motor output (kW) 0255 0.32/0.08 0.32/0.08 0.32/0.08 0.55 0.32/0.08 0.32/0.08 0.32/0.08 0.55 0.7 0.9/0.2 1.1 0.7 0.9/0.2 1.1/0.2 1.7 1.7 2.2 3/0.75 1.1 1.1/0.2 1.7 4.0 4.4/1.1 1.7 2.2 3/0.75 4.4/1.1 4.0 4.4/1.1 4.4/1.1

E (mm)

G (mm)

G1 (mm)

H (mm)

H1 (mm)

J (mm)

J1 (mm)

218

27

354

432

409

487

20

22

218 218 218 218 218 218 274 274 218 274 274 274 274 358 358 274 274 274 363 410 274 358 358 410 363 410 410

27 27 27 27 27 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 34 34 34 30 30 30 47 47 34 34 34 47 47 47 47

354 407 407 407 407 354 404 404 407 514 404 404 421 491 491 514 514 514 610 610 531 600 600 610 740 740 740

432 485 485 485 485 432 492 492 485 582 492 492 492 616 616 582 582 582 728 728 582 725 725 728 858 858 858

409 409 409 409 409 409 451 451 409 511 451 451 468 619 619 511 511 511 671 671 528 619 619 671 671 671 671

487 487 487 487 487 487 539 539 487 599 539 539 539 744 744 599 599 599 790 790 599 744 744 790 790 790 790

20 22 22 22 22 20 22 22 22 28 22 22 22 28 28 28 28 28 30 30 28 30 30 30 42 42 42

22 22 22 22 22 22 28 28 22 28 28 28 28 30 30 28 28 28 42 42 28 30 30 42 42 42 42

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

212

192

212 212 212 212 212 212 266 266 212 266 266 266 266 358 358 266 266 266 358 358 266 358 358 358 358 358 358

192 192 192 192 192 192 232 232 192 232 232 232 232 285 285 232 232 232 285 285 232 285 285 285 285 285 285

D (mm)

58

58 58 85 85 85 58 58 58 120 120 85 85 85 120 120 120 120

19


LK EFS2 electric trolleys / HFN push trolley

V

Properties - 400 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz. - Double-pin design. - 1 or 2 travel speeds. - Anti-tilt and fall-restraining devices. - Excl. 24 V control and pendant control. - Excl. supporting rollers. Motor - 40 % duty cycle. - 400 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz operating voltage. - Protection class Ip54. - Isolation class F Min.radius Curve - ≤ 1000 kg = 1000 mm - ≤ 3200 kg = 1500 mm - ≤ 6300 kg = 2000 mm

V trolley type 500 1000 2000

ref.no. EFS electric trolley 0817001 0818001 0817003 0818003 0817005 0818005

ref.no. HFN push trolley 0814001 0814002 0814003

3200

0818007

0814005

6300

0818009

-

12500

0818011

-

20

flange width F (mm) 50 - 106 110 - 200 210 - 300 66 - 135 137 - 215 220 - 300 66 - 135 137 - 215 220 - 300 82 - 155 137 - 215 220 - 300 90 - 155 160 - 226 240 - 310 140-230 220-310

driving speed EFS (m/min) 16 5/20 16 5/20 16 5/20 5/20 4/16 4/16


When ordering, please supply us with flange width in mm.

SR 400 V electric chain hoists SR with integrated trolley

O

F

L / L1 M

N

K

G2

Dimensions type of hoist

SR020/52 125 SR021/53 125 SR021/52 160 SR021/51 250 SR020/53 250 SR021/53 250 SR021/52 320 SR021/51 500 SR030/50 500 SR030/52 500 SR071/53 500 SR070/54 800 SR030/52 1000 SR071/53 1000 SR071/55 1000 SR070/53 1000 SR070/56 1250 SR090/55 1600 SR091/56 1600 SR070/54 1600 SR071/55 2000 SR070/53 2000 SR110/52 2500 SR111/52 2500 SR070/56 2500 SR090/55 3200 SR091/56 3200 SR111/54 3200 SR110/52 5000 SR111/52 5000 SR111/54 6300

type of trolley

500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 2000 1000 1000 2000 2000 3200 3200 3200 2000 2000 2000 6300 6300

F flange width (mm)

N 50-106 S1 110-200 S2 210-300

K

(mm)

speed

(m/min)

motor

(kW)

33.0

16 of 5/20

N 66-135 S1 137-215 S2 220-300

38.0 36.0 34.5

N 82-155 S1 137-215 S2 220-300

38.5 37.0 34.5

5/20

N 66-135 S1 137-215 S2 220-300

38.0 36.0 34.5

16 of 5/20

N 90-155 S1 160-226 S2 240-310

38.0 38.0 35.0

4/16

3200

N 82-155 S1 137-215 S2 220-300

38.5 37.0 34.5

5/20

6300

N 90-155 S1 160-226 S2 240-310

38.0 38.0 35.0

0.12 0.04/0.18

0.04/0.18

0.06/0.25 4/16

0.04/0.18 0.06/0.25

G2

H2

L

L1

H2

M

(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 408 378 408 378 400 437 461 437 459 400 468 468 459 570 468 468 474 567 567 570 570 570 685 685 576 688 688 685 819 819 819

526 477 526 477 499 477 526 477 499 499 200 216 112 577 577 499 577 577 577 583 694 288.5 293.5 152.5 694 577 577 200 216 112 577 750 351 351 191 750 583 694 288.5 293.5 152.5 694 694 351 351 191 750 750 750

21

N 1 speed (mm)

220

-

220

O 2 speed (mm)

wheel diameter

(mm)

(mm)

275 325 275 325 325 325 275 325 325 325 275 275 325 275 275 275 385 385 385 275 275 275

142 142 142 142 146 142 142 142 142 147 146 146 146 146 146 146 147 147 147 146 146 146

70

push trolley

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

weight electric trolley 1 speed (kg)

electric trolley 2 speed (kg)

13

18

10

103

22

-

34

70

10

13

18

47

22

385

147

63

-

34

103

47

63


LK-13 heavy duty electric chain hoists

5.000 kg - 12.500 kg

V

During the last decade, REMA LK has been proven to be a reliable and safe electric chain hoist among the most different applications. Capacity range: 5.000 kg to 12.500 kg. Properties - 400 V, 50 phase, 50 Hz, 24V control voltage. - An outstandingly high load capacity among electric chain hoists up to 12.5 t. - Overload prevention through the patented slip clutch brake combination where load is withheld from lowering even at clutch overload conditions. - The brake holds loads at any desired height. - Shut-off at uppermost and lowermost hook positions is ensured by the slip clutch. - Long duty cycle combined with a fast hoisting speed. - Pewag zinc-plated load chain. DAT grade 80 in compliance with EN 818/7. Standard delivery - 3 m lifting height (max. distance between top and bottom hook positions). - 1.8 m control height, with pendant control switch (24 V control incl. lifting limit switches). - 1 m connecting cable. - Chain container. - Double-hole suspension plate. Options - Higher lifting and control heights. - Chain containers of larger capacity. - Other operating voltages and frequencies. - Cordless remote control.

type

ref. no.

safe working load

LK 13 5000 LK 13 6300 LK 13 8000 LK 13 10000 LK 13 12500

0803037 0803039 0803041 0803043 0803045

5.000 6.300 8.000 10.000 12.500

version

(kg)

lifting speed

number of falls

load chain

1 1 2 2 2

16 x 45 16 x 45 16 x 45 16 x 45 16 x 45

(m/min) LK-13 LK-13 LK-13 LK-13 LK-13

5.6/1.4 5.6/1.4 2.8/0.7 2.8/0.7 2.8/0.7

FEM 9.544 lifting motor

(mm) 1Am 1Bm 2m 1Am 1Bm

motor output

standard chain bag lifting height

larger chain bag lifting height

weight incl. 3 m lifting height

(ED%/sw/h)

(kW)

(m)

(m)

(kg)

60/40-180 60/40-150 60/40-240 60/40-180 60/40-150

6.0/1.3 6.4/1.6 6.0/1.3 6.4/1.6 6.4/1.6

10 10 5 5 5

16 16 8 8 8

180 180 199 199 199

duty cycle

The Liftket programme is a custom-made electric chain hoist conception. A most suitable Liftket electric chain hoist can be assembled for every application.

REMA LK chain climber

22

REMA LK theatre hoist


When ordering, please supply us with flange width in mm.

LK-13 heavy duty electric chain hoists Hoist dimensions type

LK 13 5000 LK 13 6300 LK 13 8000 LK 13 10000 LK 13 12500

A

B 24 V control (mm)

C

D

E

G

(mm)

B 400 V control (mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

564

263

184

434

500

564

263

184

434

500

Series LK with suspension plate B

(mm)

G1 hook suspension (mm)

66

823

66

917

H

J

J1

(mm)

H1 hook suspension (mm)

(mm)

(mm)

995

957

1128

42

52

1089

957

1128

42

52

Series LK with electric trolley

C

A D

E

L

F

M

N

H

G G2

Dimensions of the hoist + trolley assembly hoist type F trolley K travelling type flange speed width (mm) (mm) (m/min) LK 13 5000 LK 13 6300 LK 13 8000 LK 13 10000 LK 13 12500

motor output

G2

H2

L

L1

M

N

O

H2

wheel push diameter trolley

weight in kg electric electric trolley trolley 1 2 speed speed

(kW)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

1 speed (mm)

44.0

4/16

0.12/0.55

903

1036

692

692

256

-

430

171

150

42

-

137

12.500 N 140-230 44.0

4/16

0.12/0.55

997

1036

692

692

256

-

430

171

150

42

-

137

12.500

N 140-230 S1 220-310

S1 220-310

23

2 speed (mm)

(mm)

(mm)


125 kg - 2.000 kg

SR 230V electric chain hoists

V

Series SR 230V electric chain hoists are available in several designs and they have the same advantages as standard 400V models i.e. safety slip clutch/brake assembly, low constructional height etc. For the 1-phase connection, use wire having a minimum cross-section of 2.5 mm2. For power distribution at building sites, use connection cables of as short as possible to minimize voltage drop. Capacity range: 125 kg to 2000 kg. Properties - 230 V, 1 phase, 50 Hz, connection is to be made using a wire of at least 2.5 mm2. - Advanced motors having high thermal load capacities. - Long switch-on periods to facilitate high lifting height. - Maximum safety due to the patented slip clutch/brake assembly. - The brake holds loads at any desired height. - At the top and bottom hook positions, switching-off at limit points is ensured by a slip clutch. - Mounted with a fixed suspension or combined with a hand-driven trolley. - Zinc-plated Pewag load chain (grade 80 in compliance with EN 818/7). Standard delivery - 3 m lifting height (maximum distance between top and bottom hook positions). - 1.8 m control cable with pendant control. - 1 m connecting cable. - Chain container. Options - Higher lifting and control heights. - Chain containers of larger capacity. - Cordless remote control. type

ref. no.

SR050/01 125 SR020/01 250 SR020/01 500 SR050/02 500 SR050/02 1000 SR070/01 1000 SR070/01 2000

0801101 0801103 0801105 0801107 0801109 0801115 0801117

safe working load

125 250 500 500 1000 1000 2000

lifting speed

(m/min) 24 8 4 8 4 6 3

number of falls

1 1 2 1 2 1 2

load chain

(mm) 5.2 x 15 4.0 x 12 4.0 x 12 5.2 x 15 5.2 x 15 7.2 x 21 7.2 x 21

FEM 9.544 lifting motor

3m 2m 2m 1Am 1Am 1Am 1Am

duty cycle

motor output

(ED%/sw/h) 60/240 60/240 60/240 40/240 40/240 40/240 40/240

(kW) 0.55 0.25 0.25 0.55 0.55 1.1 1.1

CHECKLIST

Bigger lifting heights (and larger chain bags) on request With control cables exceeding 10 m a voltage drop may occur.

standard bigger chain bag chain bag lifting height lifting height (m)

(m)

8 12 6 8 4 5 4

25 30 15 25 12 17 8

weight incl. 3 m lifting height (kg) 33 16 17 33 35 36 41

before requesting a quotation

- Type of hoist (Elephant ALC|ALH|FAH|FBH|SA|REMA SR). - Lifting capacity. - Lifting height. - Operating height. - Lifting speed (1 or 2 speeds). - Duty cycle. - Operating voltage. - Direct control or 24V control). - With or without end switches. - Standard suspension. - Short build. - Type of trolley (push trolley / geared trolley / electric trolley). - Track height. - Trolley speed (1 or 2 speeds). - Flange width of trolley. - Construction with integrated hoist and trolley. - Power supply (round cable / flat cable).

24

- Track length (cable trolley / conductor rail).


When ordering, please supply us with flange width in mm.

SR 230V electric chain hoists Hoist dimensions type

SR050/01 125 SR020/01 250 SR020/01 500 SR050/02 500 SR050/02 1000 SR070/01 1000 SR070/01 2000

A

B

C

D

E

G

G1

H

H1

J

J1

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

266 212 212 266 266 266 266

232 192 192 232 232 232 232

274 218 218 274 274 274 274

30 27 27 30 27 30 30

386 346 402 386 442 404 506

429 429 485 429 485 486 588

505 467 467 505 505 507 507

578 550 550 578 578 595 595

20 20 22 20 22 22 28

22 22 22 22 22 28 28

58

SR with hook suspension

SR with suspension plate

SR assembly with push trolley HFN L / L1 M

F A D B

C

J1

E

K

G1 G

Dimensions of the hoist + trolley assembly hoist type F trolley type flangewidth (mm) SR050/01 125 N 50-106 500 SR020/01 250 S1 110-220 500 SR020/01 500 S2 210-300 500 SR050/02 500 1000 N 66-135 SR050/02 1000 1000 S1 137-215 SR070/01 1000 2000 S2 220-300 SR070/01 2000 2000

H1

H

G2

H2

G2

H2

K

L

M

wheel diameter

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

456 408 461 456 501 468 570

575 526 526 575 575 577 577

33

8 200

38/36/34.5

25

112

70 10


Cordless remote control

V

REMA radio frequency system is a user-friendly, flexible and, first of all, a safe and ergonomic way of remote control. It can be applied in the areas of industrial and building engineering. Properties - Control voltages: 24 / 48 / 110 / 230 / 400 VAC and 12/24 VDC. - Range: appr. 100 meter. - LED display, transmitter switched on. - Functions: up/down/travelling. - Several speeds can be facilitated. - Transmitters are equipped with emergency stops class 3. - Adjustable frequencies (TM60). - Class of protection IP 65. - Ambient temperature -20째C to +65째C. Standard delivery - 1 transmitter incl. cord L-type, I-SYON included clip for belt. - 1 receiver 24 VAC or 230 VAC. - Incl. not-rechargeable batteries type AA for L-type and I-SYON. - Tm60 included rechargeable battery and charger. Options - Several hoists can be controlled with a single hand-held transmitter (TM60). - Crane bridge travelling. - Other control voltages are available on request. type

reference

function

number of speed

Voltage (VAC)

1-L4 1-L6 1-L6B I-SYON TM-60

I-SYON CAT 3

0725700 0725702 0725706 0725400 0725500

up/down up/down/left/right up/down/left/right up/down/left/right up/down/left/right/crane drive

24 24 24 24 24

1 1 2 1 of 2 1 of 2

dimension of transmitter LxBxD (mm) 163 x 49 x 45 163 x 49 x 45 163 x 49 x 45 160 x 75 x 45 215 x 70 x 52

dimension of receiver LxBxD (mm) 161 x 74 x 52 161 x 74 x 52 167 x 154 x 88 151 x 129 x 61 340 x 260 x 100

Type 1-L REMA TM-60 cordless remote controls are available for hoists fabricated by:

26

weight (gram) 155 155 280 250 460


REMA 116 push trolley

Q

Properties - Flange widths can be adjusted by re-inserting shims. - Suitable for various profiles, both for flat and bevel flanges. - Bearing support using maintenance-free ball bearings. - Wheel fracture supports for a higher level of safety. ref. no.

116 - 0.5 116 - 1.0 116 - 2.0 116 - 3.0 116 - 5.0

0921001 0921003 0921005 0921007 0921009

A

B F

H S I E

type

M

F

type 116 - 0.5 116 - 1.0 116 - 2.0 116 - 3.0 116 - 5.0

safe working load (kg)

flange width M (mm)

500 1000 2000 3000 5000

50 - 152 64 - 203 88 - 203 100 - 203 114 - 203

minimum radius (mm)

weight

800 1000 1100 1300 1400

6.5 10.5 17.5 27.0 41.0

(kg)

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

F (mm)

G (mm)

H (mm)

I (mm)

S (mm)

245 311 327 343 355

199 246 276 332 377

51 62.5 76 86 109

6 8 12 13.6 16.4

24 30 38 39 49

1.5 - 3 1.5 - 3 1.5 - 3 1.5 - 3 1.5 - 3

30 35 46 48 51

105 125 150 171 196

32 40 51 62 74

30 38 38 40 42

G D

C

REMA 117 geared trolleys

Q

Properties - 2.5 m manual hand chain length. - Zinc-coated hand chain 5 x 24 mm. - Adjustable flange width. - Suitable for various types of profiles. - Wheel break supports for a higher safety. - Double axle. type

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

117-10.0

0922011

10.000

124-305

2000

117-20.0

0922013

20.000

136-305

3500

B

Amin F

M

flange width M (mm)

minimum radius (mm)

F

S C H

D

type 117-10.0 117-20.0

A (mm) 525 600

B (mm) 442 555

27

C (mm) 396 498

D (mm) 72 95

H (mm) 190 233

S (mm) 45 58

F (mm) 2-3.5 2-3.5

weight (kg) 94 174


When ordering, please supply us with flange width in mm.

Elephant 111 and 111BF push trolleys

H

Properties - Beam flange width can be adjusted by inserting shims. - Suitable for various profiles, both for flat and bevel flanges. - Maintenance-free bearing support. - Low constructional height combined with Elephant hand chain hoists by connecting without using the hook of the hoist (standard models up to 2 tons). - Wheel break supports for a higher safety. type 111 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.1 5.0

A F

H

ref. no. 111

111BF 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 -

type

I B

C

J E D

X

0908001 0908003 0908005 0908007 0908009 A (mm) 230 260 300 330 370

111-0.5 111-1.0 111-2.0 111-3.1 111-5.0

ref. no. 111BF

B (mm) 71 72 90 92 115

safe working load (kg) 500 1.000 2.000 3.100 / 3.000 5.000

0905001 0905003 0905005 0905009 C (mm) 125 126 142 144 165

D (mm) 160 172 209 239 198

E (mm) 70 80 98 115 125

flange width type 111 (mm) 60-130 60-130 70-155 95-160 90-180 F (mm) 100 116 136 150 169

H (mm) 89 93 140 175 197

flange width type 111BF (mm) 130-300 130-300 155-300 160-300 I (mm) 38 40 60 65 80

J (mm) 28 30 40 50 60

minimum radius (mm) 900 / 1100 1100 / 1300 1200 / 1500 1700 / 1500 2300 / X (mm) 48 46 60 66 85

weight (kg) 8.0 11.0 19.0 27.0 48.5

When ordering, please supply us with flange width in mm.

Elephant 112 and 112BF push trolleys

H

Properties - Beam flange width can be adjusted by inserting shims. - Suitable for various profiles, both for flat and bevel flanges. - Maintenance-free bearing support. - Low constructional height combined with Elephant hand chain hoists by connecting without using the hook of the hoist (standard models up to 2 tons). - Wheel break supports for a higher safety. - Hand chain of 3 m operating height. - Dimensions of hand chains: 6 x 26.8 mm, electro-plated. type A F

112

type

I J

B

D

112-1.0 112-2.0 112-3.1 112-5.0

C

ref. no. 112BF

112BF

1.0 2.0 3.1 5.0 H

ref. no. 112 1.0 2.0 3.0 -

0910001 0910003 0910005 0910007

0907003 0907005 0907009 -

safe working load (kg)

flange width type 112 (mm)

flange width type 112BF (mm)

minimum radius (mm)

1.000 2.000 3.100 / 3.000 5.000

60-130 70-155 95-160 90-180

130-300 155-300 160-300 -

1100 / 1300 1200 / 1500 1700 / 1500 2300 / -

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

F (mm)

H (mm)

I (mm)

J (mm)

X (mm)

weight (kg)

260 300 330 370

119 134 136 164

126 142 144 165

187 233 253 303

80 98 115 125

116 136 150 169

93 140 175 197

40 60 65 80

30 40 50 60

46 60 66 85

16.0 25.0 33.5 55.8

E X

28


Please check correct flange width

SELECT 30P push trolleys

Q

The REMA series Select 30 trolleys are characteristic of their compact design. They are equipped with journal pins having opposing threads at their ends to facilitate fine adjustment required by beam flanges. Properties - Precisely adjustable flange width of maximum 305 mm. - Suitable for various profiles, both flat and bevel flanges. - Load is transmitted to the journal pins of trolleys at the centre point. - Running wheels are supported on maintenance-free ball bearings. - Smooth and balanced running due to bearing support. - 2 counter nuts on the journal pin. - Wheel break and anti-tilt supports for higher safety. B

ref. no.

type

C

S30P - 0.5

0916001 0916003 0916005 0916007 0916009 0916011 0916013 0916015 0916017 0916019 0916021

S30P - 1.0 Amin-Amax

S30P - 1.5 S30P - 2.0 H

S

D

S30P - 3.0 G

S30P - 5.0 type S30P - 0.5 S30P - 1.0 S30P - 1.5 S30P - 2.0 S30P - 3.0 S30P - 5.0

safe working load (kg) 500

flange width

minimum radius (mm) 850

(mm) 50 - 220 58 - 220 165 - 305 66 - 220 165 - 305 66 - 220 165 - 305 74 - 220 178 - 305 90 - 220 178 - 305

1.000 1.500 2.000 3.000 5.000

1.000 1.100 1.100 1.300 1.400

Amin (mm)

Amax (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

H (mm)

S (mm)

D (mm)

G (mm)

284 302 302 314 328 346

388 388 400 415 432

206 252 265 276 335 377

156 190 205 222 262 292

74 90 106 106 121 136

32 38 38 38 40 42

25 30 40 40 46 52

30 36 48 48 58 65

weight (kg) 5.0 9.0 10.0 11.5 12.5 14.5 15.5 23.5 25.0 36.0 38.5

Please check correct flange width

SELECT 30G geared trolleys

Q

As series 30P models except that these are equipped with a hand chain of 2.5 m operating height. - Dimensions of hand chains: 5 x 23.6 mm, electro-plated. ref. no.

type

S30G - 0.5

0917001 0917003 0917005 0917007 0917009 0917011 0917013 0917015 0917017 0917019 0917021

S30G - 1.0 S30G - 1.5 S30G - 2.0 S30G - 3.0 S30G - 5.0

B

type

C Amin-Amax

H

S

D

G

S30G - 0.5 S30G - 1.0 S30G - 1.5 S30G - 2.0 S30G - 3.0 S30G - 5.0

safe working load (kg) 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 3.000 5.000

flange width

minimum radius

weight

(mm) 50 - 220 58 - 220 165 - 305 66 - 220 165 - 305 66 - 220 165 - 305 74 - 220 178 - 305 90 - 220 178 - 305

(mm) 850

(kg) 9.0 13.0 14.0 15.5 16.5 18.5 19.5 27.5 29.0 40.0 42.0

1.000 1.100 1.100 1.300 1.400

Amin (mm)

Amax (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

H (mm)

S (mm)

D (mm)

G (mm)

284 302 302 314 328 346

388 388 400 415 432

206 252 265 276 335 377

156 190 205 222 262 292

74 90 106 106 121 136

32 38 38 38 40 42

25 30 40 40 46 52

30 36 48 48 58 65

Specifications 10 to 20 ton capacity hand chain trolleys on request

29


Elephant 110 crane bridge trolleys with weldable stubs (St. 52-3)

H

Properties - Stub can be attached to the cross member by welding. - Movable through an effort exerted on the load. - Very low constructional height. - Wheel break supports for a higher safety.

B

A

safe working load assembly (kg)

type

ref. no.

110-1.0

0913001

500

110-2.0

0913003

1000

type

A (mm) 260 300

C

F E

flange width

minimum radius

(mm)

maximum flange thickness (mm)

85-130

12

1100

95-155

16

1200

(mm)

D H

110-1.0

J

110-2.0

I

B (mm) 72 90

C (mm) 126 142

D (mm) 172 209

E (mm) 80 98

F (mm) 116 136

H (mm) 95 122

I (mm) 65 85

J (mm) 38 30

weight (kg) 13 22

Q

SELECT 30S spindle trolleys

REMA Select 30 spindle hand trolley can be mounted easily, quickly and safely as an aid for mounting work to be carried out at various sites. Properties - Robust steel design at low tare weight. - Can be mounted quickly by means of a spindle. - Safe use thanks to the extra lock lever. - Anti-tilt and wheel fracture support devices. - Running wheels are supported on maintenance-free ball-bearings.

G F

M

A F

type

ref. no.

S30S 005 S30S 010 S30S 020 S30S 030 S30S 050

0918001 0918003 0918005 0918007 0918009

type E

B

D

C

S30S 005 S30S 010 S30S 020 S30S 030 S30S 050

safe working load (kg)

flange width M (mm)

minimum radius (mm)

weight

500 1000 2000 3000 5.000

64 - 203 63 - 203 76 - 203 76 - 203 100 - 305

1100 1100 1300 1400 1500

6 7 20 32 53

A (mm)

Bmin (mm)

Bmax (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

G (mm)

174 174 280 345 395

263 263 339 374 450

324 324 387 438 528

105 105 111 127 135

16 16 22 27 35

25.4 25.4 25.4 26.0 81.0

340 340 340 345 465

REMA adjustable-width beam buffers Properties - Maximum flange width: 300 mm - Minimum flange width: 80 mm.

30

(kg)

H

- Maximum flange thickness: 25 mm. - Wheel diameter: 60-160 mm. type

ref. no.

1

4468000


2 TOOL BALANCERS

Page 32

31


Tool balancers, light-weight design with fixed suspension Scope - Low-power pneumatic and electric drilling and screwing tools, metering instruments etc. Design - Aluminium housing. - Specifically designed spiral spring ensures low-noise operation. - Adjustable load capacity (button). - Carbine. - Extra safety suspension eye.

type

ref. no.

9311 9312 9313

-

0629311 0629312 0629313

H S.W.L.

cablelength (m)

weight

(kg) 0.4 - 1.0 1.0 - 2.0 2.0 - 3.0

1.6 1.6 1.6

0.6 0.6 0.7

(kg)

Flexible stainless steel cable. Wear-resistant cable guide. Adjustable cable length. Insulated suspension system. Fixation at particular points.

Tool balancers, medium-weight design with fixed suspension Scope - Polishing machines, stapling machines, drilling machines etc. Design As above, plus - Lever-adjustable load capacity - Fall restraining, except for model 9323 - Fixation at particular points.

type

9320 9321 9322 9323 9336 9337 9338 9339 9340

ref. no.

0629320 0629321 0629322 0629323 0629336 0629337 0629338 0629339 0629340

S.W.L. (kg) 1.0 - 2.5 2.0 - 4.0 4.0 - 6.0 6.0 - 8.0 2.0 - 4.0 4.0 - 6.0 6.0 - 8.0 8.0 -10.0 10.0 -14.0

H cablelength (m) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

weight (kg) 2.0 2.0 2.3 2.5 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.7 4.0

Tool balancers, medium-weight design with fixed suspension Scope - Polishing machines, stapling machines, drilling machines etc. Design As above, plus - Fixation of a desired cable length at various points, by a minute displacement of the load.

type

9346 9347 9348 9349 9350

ref. no.

0629346 0629347 0629348 0629349 0629350

H cablelength (m)

weight

(kg) 2.0 - 4.0 4.0 - 6.0 6.0 - 8.0 8.0 -10.0 10.0 -14.0

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

3.0 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.1

S.W.L.

(kg)

Tool balancers, heavy-weight design with rotatable suspension Scope - Heavy electric and pneumatic tools, metering instruments etc. Design As above, plus - cone-shaped drum supported on bearing.

* Type 9361 - 9371 - Blocking device; the spring can be tensioned at any desired height after mounting the tool. - Adjustable load capacity, by means of a screw. - Fixation of a desired cable length at various points, by means of a separate distance control device.

type

ref. no.

9354 9355 9356 9357 9358 9359 9361* 9362* 9363* 9364* 9365* 9366* 9367* 9368* 9369* 9370* 9371*

0629354 0629355 0629356 0629357 0629358 0629359 0629361 0629362 0629363 0629364 0629365 0629366 0629367 0629368 0629369 0629370 0629371 0629372

S.W.L. (kg)

H cablelength (m)

weight (kg)

5.0 2.0 4- 7 5.5 2.0 7 - 10 5.5 2.0 10 - 14 6.5 2.0 14 - 18 6.0 2.0 18 - 22 6.6 2.0 22 - 25 10.3 10 - 15 2.0 10.6 15 - 20 2.0 11.2 20 - 25 2.0 11.5 25 - 30 2.0 11.8 30 - 35 2.0 12.4 35 - 45 2.0 12.5 45 - 55 2.0 13.6 55 - 65 2.0 14.5 65 - 75 2.0 17.3 75 - 90 2.0 18.0 90 -105 2.0 Remote control for 9361 t/m 9371

By means of REMA spring-operated weight balancers, electric and pneumatic tools can be operated as weightless ones and can be kept at suitable height. Complies with DIN 15112.

32


3 DYNAMOMETER

PAGE 34-38

DYNAMOMETER-SHACKLES

PAGE 39

MECHANICAL CRANE SCALES & WEIGHING PLATFORM

PAGE 40

33


Available up to 20.000 kg

Dynamometer 04

V

Complete with plastic case, manual and calibration certificate. Mechanical properties - Measurement limits: 2.500 kg / 5.000 kg / 10.000 / 20.000 kg. - Anodized aluminum housing. - Electric class of protection: IP 65. - Overload indication at 10% overload. - Test load: 2 x measurement limit. - Safety factor: 5 x measurement limit. Electric specifications - Power supply: standard 9 V battery. - Operating time: up to 200 hours. Electronic specifications - 5-digit LCD display, 17 mm digit height. - Ambient temperature: -10째C to +55째C. - Accuracy: appr. 0.15 % of the displayed value. Functions - Automatic resetting when switched on. - Easy-to-use menu: ON/OFF, tare, peak value and hold buttons. - Self-calibrating at zero and weight values. - Readout possibilities: gross, net and tare weight. - In peak value function, maximum weight is held. - In hold function, current weight is held. - Measuring unit selection (kg - t - ton - lbs - daN - kN). - Automatic power supply OFF.

B D G

Option - Bow shackle from 10 to 20 ton models.

A F ON OFF

TARE

G

PEAK

HOLD

D E C

type

ref. no.

DSD04- 2.5 DSD04- 5.0 DSD04-10.0 DSD04-20.0

1508001 1508003 1508005 1508007

WLL (kg)

resolution (kg)

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

F (mm)

G (mm)

weight (kg)

bow shackle (t)

2.500 5.000 10.000 20.000

1 2 5 10

215 232 315 350

85 85 100 126

54 54 59 70

21 27 39 55

25 32 49 70

159 168 203 210

28 32 56 70

1.35 1.85 3.60 7.00

3.25 incl. 6.5 incl. 12.0 excl. 25.0 excl.

34


Available up to 25.000 kg

Dynamometer 04 TX/RX

V

Complete with plastic case, manual and calibration certificate. Mechanical properties - Measurement limits: 5.000 kg / 10.000 kg /25.000 kg. - Anodized aluminum housing. - Electric class of protection: IP 65. - Overload indication at 10% overload. - Test load: 2 x measurement limit. - Safety factor: 5 x measurement limit. Electric specifications - Power supply: rechargeable battery. - Battery charger: input 230Vac, output 20Vdc. - Operating time: up to 100 hours. Electronic specifications - 5-digit LCD display, 17 mm digit height. - Ambient temperature: -10째C to +55째C. - Accuracy: appr. 0.15 % of the displayed value. Functions - Automatic resetting when switched on. - Easy-to-use menu: ON/OFF, tare, peak value and hold buttons. - Self-calibrating at zero and weight values. - Readout possibilities: gross, net and tare weight. - In peak value function, maximum weight is held. - In hold function, current weight is held. - Measuring unit selection (kg - t - ton - lbs - daN - kN). - Automatic power supply OFF. TX-LOAD electric specifications - Data transmission range: max. 50 m. TX-LOAD electronic specifications - 433,92 MHz data transmission frequency setting. RX-PORT mechanical specifications - Plastic housing, 110 x 68 x 31 mm. - Class of protection IP 62 (EN 60529).

B D G

RX-PORT electric specifications - Dry batteries (3 x type AA). - Operating time appr. up to 150 hours. - Battery voltage indicator.

A F

RX-PORT electronic specifications - 5-digit LCD display, 12 mm digit height. - 433.92 MHz data transmission frequency setting. - Ambient temperature range: -5째C to +55째C. - RS232 port for printer or PC connection.

ON OFF

TARE

PEAK

G

HOLD

D E C

type

ref. no.

DSD04-05 TX/RX DSD04-10 TX/RX DSD04-25 TX/RX

1512003 1512005 1512009

Option - Shackle > 10 ton type.

WLL (kg)

resolution (kg)

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

F (mm)

G (mm)

weight (kg)

bow shackle (t)

5.000 10.000 25.000

2 5 10

232 315 350

85 100 126

54 59 70

27 39 55

32 49 70

168 203 210

32 56 70

1.85 3.60 7.00

6.50 incl. 12.00 excl. 25.00 excl.

35


Available up to 10.000 kg

Dynamometer 01 en 01T with remote control

V

Complete with plastic case, manual and calibration certificate. Mechanical specifications - Measuring ranges up to 600 / 1.000 / 3.200 / 6.300 / 10.000 kg. - Plastic housing. - Steel pulling force unit supported on bearings. - Test load: 2 x measurement limit (without disconnecting the pulling force unit). - Safety factor: 5 x measurement limit. Electric specifications - Dry batteries (3 x type AA ). - Operating time appr. up to 150 hours.

Dynamometer 01T-0.6/1.0

Electronic specifications - 5-digit LCD display, 25 mm digit height. - Ambient temperature: -5째C to +40째C. - Accuracy: appr. 0.15 % of the displayed value. - Battery voltage indicator. Functions - Automatic resetting when switched on. - Digital zeroing and weight setting. - Digital stabilization filter. - Tare, peak value and hold functions. - Measuring unit selection (kg - N - kN - Lb). - Automatic switching OFF. - Remote control unit for taring model 01T. Options - U-13 Bow shackle for 0.6, 1.0 and 10.0 ton models. [page 79]

Dynamometer 01T

D C

F

A

A

86

86 C

E

B 188

182

Dynamometer 01T-0.6/1.0

Dynamometer 01T 182

B 188

type

ref. no.

DSD01T - 0.6 DSD01T - 1.0 DSD01T - 3.2 DSD01T - 6.3 DSD01T -10.0

1507003 1507005 1509001 1509003 1509005

WLL (kg)

resolution (kg)

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

F (mm)

weight (kg)

bow shackle (t)

600 1.000 3.200 6.300 10.000

0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0

170 170 199 213 265

16 16 69 69 100

21 21 130 144 181

25 35 50

269 348 455

20 26 36

2.3 2.3 4.2 6.5 9.6

U13 excl. U13 excl. 3.25 incl. 6.50 incl. 12.00 excl.

36


Dynamometer 01 TX with display-type remote control unit

Available up to 10.000 kg

V

Complete with plastic case, manual and calibration certificate. TX-LOAD Visual load cell and electronics with a radio-frequency transmitter as an integrated unit. RX-PORT Manual readout receiver with CPU memory calibration and data transmission to printer or PC. TX-LOAD mechanical specifications - Measuring ranges: up to 2.500 kg / 6.300 kg / 10.000 kg. - Plastic housing. - Class of protection IP 63 (EN 60529). - Stainless steel load cell body. - Test load: 2 x measurement limit (without disconnecting the pulling force unit). - Safety factor: 5 x measurement limit. TX-LOAD electric specifications - Dry batteries (3 x type AA). - Operating time appr. up to 100 hours. - Data transmission range: max. 50 m. TX-LOAD electronic specifications - 433.92 MHz data transmission frequency setting. - Ambient temperature range: - 5째C to +55째C. - Accuracy: appr. 0.15 % of the displayed value. F

RX-PORT mechanical specifications - Plastic housing, 110 x 68 x 31 mm. - Class of protection IP 62 (EN 60529).

A

RX-PORT electric specifications - Dry batteries (3 x type AA). - Operating time appr. up to 150 hours. - Battery voltage indicator. RX-PORT electronic specifications - 5-digit LCD display, 12 mm digit height. - 433.92 MHz data transmission frequency setting. - Ambient temperature range: -5째C to +55째C. - RS232 port for printer or PC connection.

B 188

D

86 C

E

Options - Bow shackle for 10 ton models.

182

type

ref. no.

DSD01TX/RX - 3.2 1510001 DSD01TX/RX - 6.3 1510003 DSD01TX/RX -10.0 1510005

Functions - Automatic resetting when switched on. - Digital zeroing and weight setting. - Tare, peak value and hold functions. - Digital stabilization filter. - Measuring unit selection (kg - N - kN - Lb). - Automatic switching OFF.

WLL (kg)

resolution (kg)

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

F (mm)

weight (kg)

3.200 6.300 10.000

1 2 5

199 213 265

69 69 100

130 144 181

25 35 50

269 348 455

20 26 36

4.2 6.5 9.6

37

bow shackle (t) 3.25 incl. 6.50 incl. 12.00 excl.


Dynamometer 01 TX-H with display-type remote control unit

Available up to 100.000 kg

V

Complete with manual and calibration certificate. TH-LOAD Visual load cell and electronics with a radio-frequency transmitter as an integrated unit. RX-PORT Manual readout receiver with CPU memory Calibration and data transmission to printer or PC. TH-LOAD mechanical specifications - Measuring ranges: up to 25.000 kg / 35.000 kg / 50.000 kg / 100.000 kg. - Full stainless steel housing. - Class of protection IP 65 (EN 60529). - Test load: 2 x measurement limit (without disconnecting the pulling force unit). - Safety factor: 5 x measurement limit. TH-LOAD electric specifications - Dry battery (1 x type C). - Operating time appr. up to 200 hours. - Data transmission range: max. 50 m. - LED display at On state and during data transmission. TH-LOAD electronic specifications - 433.92 MHz data transmission frequency setting. - Ambient temperature range: -15°C to +55°C. - Accuracy: appr. 0.1% of the displayed value. RX-PORT mechanical specifications - Plastic housing, 110 x 68 x 31 mm. - Class of protection IP 62 (EN 60529).

Æ D

RX-PORT electric specifications - Dry batteries (3 x type AA). - Operating time appr. up to 150 hours. Æ F - Battery voltage indicator.

E C H

A

B

RX-PORT electronic specifications - 5-digit LCD display, 12 mm digit height. - 433.92 MHz data transmission frequency setting. - Ambient temperature range: -5°C to +55°C. - RS232 port for printer or PC connection.

I

Æ F L C E Æ D

G

Functions - Automatic resetting when switched on. - Digital zeroing and weight setting. - Tare, peak value and hold functions. - Digital stabilization filter. - Measuring unit selection (kg - N - kN - Lb). - Automatic switching OFF. Options - Bow shackle.

type

ref. no.

WLL (kg)

resolution (kg)

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

F (mm)

DSD01TX-H - 25 1511001 25.000 10 360 250 55 113 72 52 DSD01TX-H - 35 1511003 35.000 10 460 320 70 113 80 60 DSD01TX-H - 50 1511005 50.000 20 520 350 85 130 103 72 DSD01TX-H -100 1511007 100.000 50 580 380 100 165 123 85 * Standard bow shackle is G-4161 except type 100 ton, this is only available with bow shackle type P-6036.

38

G (mm)

H (mm)

I (mm)

L (mm)

185 185 220 256

132 182 201 210

108 108 134 180

120 170 185 190

weight bow shackle (kg) (t) 27 33 55 78

25 excl. 35 excl. 55 excl. 120 excl.*


Disponible jusqu’à 100.000 kg

HDM dynamometer shackle

V

Measuring capacity: 6.500 - 100.000 kg. Application - To weigh a hanging load. - To evaluate tensile force. Properties - locking pin material 17-4 PH Stainless steel. - Heat treatment: H900. - Available range: 6 capacities. - Power supply: 3AA rechargeable batteries. - Communication device: approximately 1.5 mV/V. - Reading range: 60 to 80 meters without steel ubstructions. - Power reserve when in constant use: 15 hours. - Temperature for operation -10° to +50°C. - Acceptable overload: 1.5 x S.W.L. - Failure safety factor: 5. - Overall error: ±0.2% of the S.W.L. - Recharging of batteries: using charger supplied. - Shackle protection index: IP 67. Specifications - This shackle has a Bluetooth communication device. - Readings taken and memorised directly onto a PDA. Standard delivery - Included PDA (manual in English). - Included charger for battery. Option - Software for your own PDA.

type

ref. no.

HDM- 6.5 HDM- 12.5 HDM- 25.0 HDM- 40.0 HDM- 60.0 HDM- 100.0

1515101 1515103 1515105 1515107 1515109 1515111

capacity (kg) 6.500 12.500 25.000 40.000 60.000 100.000

39

dimension 1.1/4 1.1/2 2 2.1/2 3 3.1/2

length (mm)

height (mm)

opening (mm)

weights (kg)

210 235 298 400 440 495

210 254 348 453 546 620

82.5 98.5 146.0 184.0 200.0 229.0

6.5 10.5 25.5 46.5 75.0 125.0


Available up to 85.000 kg

TEO mechanical crane scale

V

REMA TEO mechanical crane scales are produced with a top suspension eye an a bottom safety hook up to 5.000 kg and with 2 eyes ranging from 12.500 kg to 85.000 kg. Properties - Very robust design. - Low dead weight. - The display is protected by a rubber-frame plexi-glass window. - Deviation less than 1% of full scale deflection. - Easy zeroing. - Safety factor 5 (from model TEO-5000 on: safety factor 4). Options - Remote readout - Bow shackle. type

options

ref. no.

WLL (kg)

1550001 1550003 1550005 1550007 1550009 1550011 1550013 1550015 1550017 1550019 1550021 1550023

200 320 500 750 1.250 2.000 3.200 5.000 12.500 25.000 50.000 85.000

200 up to 5.000 kg

Crane scales with measurement limits ranging from 200 kg to 5.000 kg and with hooks equipped with safety latches. 12.500 up to 85.000 kg

Crane scales with measurement limits ranging from 12.500 to 85.000 kg and with housings equipped with 2 suspension eyes.

TEO 200 TEO 320 TEO 500 TEO 750 TEO - 1.250 TEO - 2.000 TEO - 3.200 TEO - 5.000 TEO - 12.500 TEO - 25.000 TEO - 50.000 TEO - 85.000

ref. no.

remote read-out 5 m 1 meter extra resolution (kg)

1550025 1550027

weight (kg)

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 6.5 8.1 12.9 25.0 60.0

60 60 60 60 60 60 75 75 40 55 75 85

53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 41 42 56 60

230 230 230 230 230 230 280 300 213 267 329 390

27 27 27 27 27 27 34 42 -

35 35 35 35 35 35 46 56 -

1 2 2 5 5 10 20 20 50 100 200 500

WSM weighing platforms

V

WSM weighing platforms are easy to be placed in or, with optional driveon rampes, on floors. Caracteristics - 4-point load cells. - Standard delivery with weighing unit in plastic housing. - Voltage 230 Vac (-10%, +10%) 50 Hz. - Ambient temperature -10°C ~ +40°C relative temperature < 95%. - Sensor operating temperature -20°~+60°C. - 6-digit display. - RS232 port for printer or PC connection. - Functions: "0", gross, net and tare weight. - Measuring units Lb of kg. - Overload protection 150% of the maximum capacity. Optie - Two drive-on rampes type OP-48. type

WSM-2000 type

OP-48

ref. no.

measuring range (kg)

resolution

1520001

2000

ref. no.

1520002

40

construction height (mm)

accuracy

(kg)

dimensions LxW (mm)

(kg)

(kg)

10

1220 x 1220

70

0.5

145

length

width

(mm) 915

weight

angle

weight

(mm)

(°)

(kg)

1220

4.45

63


4 INFO CARGO LASHING

PAGE 42-45

CARGO LASHING

PAGE 46-47

LOAD BINDERS & CHAIN PULLERS

PAGE 48

EDGE PROTECTORS

PAGE 49

ANTI-SLIP MATS

PAGE 49

ONE WAY LASHING

PAGE 50

41


Cargo lashings REMA cargo lashings are manufactured in compliance with European Norm EN 12195-2. In the above standard, LC (Lashing Capacity) is specified in daN).

Hold-down guying by means of anti-slip mats.

Diagonal Guying With diagonal guying, the LC-value is especially important. With that kind of binding, a minimum of 4 cargo straps should be used (see Fig. 2).

The most important requirements stipulated in EN 12195-2 are as follows: - Fracture safety factor of the “hardvware” i. e. that of the ratchets and hooks must be at least twice the LC-value. - Fracture safety factor of non-confectioned straps must be at least three times the LC-value. - Fracture safety factor of the complete cargo binding system must be at least twice the LC-value. Vertical angle a

a Fig. 1 Diagonal guying

Vertical angle a

Horizontal angle b

a

b

Fig. 2 Diagonal guying

Fig. 3 Hold-down guying

The LC-value should be applied in combination with vertical angle horizontal angle . The vertical guying angle included by the vehicle platform and the straps should be in the range of 20 to 65 (see Fig. 1). The horizontal guying angle included by the longitudinal axis of the cargo and the straps should be in the range of 6 to 55 (see Fig. 2).

Hold-down guying by means of anti-slip mats and edge protectors.

Diagonal Guying With diagonal guying, the LC-value is especially important. With that kind of binding, a minimum of 4 cargo straps should be used (see Fig. 2). The LC-value should be applied in combination with vertical angle horizontal angle . The vertical guying angle included by the vehicle platform and the straps should be in the range of 20 to 65 (see Fig. 1). The horizontal guying angle included by the longitudinal axis of the cargo and the straps should be in the range of 6 to 55 (see Fig. 2).

Hold-down Guying The most frequent cargo fixation method is the hold-down guying when cargo is “pressed down” to the platform (see Fig. 3). With that method, it is of decisive importance that how high force can be exerted by means of the traps, i. e. how much stress may arise in the strap system. Here, instead of the LC (Lashing Capacity) value, the pre-stress capacity of the system has a role that is shown on the blue labels of REMA straps as Stf (Standard tension force) in daN units. That Stf value was measured at a standard hand force (Shf) 50 daN Stf values should be in the range of 10% to 50% of the LC-value of the particular cargo binding system (influenced, first of all, by the type and quality of rastchets). For guying the hold-down straps, at least 2 strap systems should be used and you must ensure that angle is as high as possible (see Fig. 3). The method of cargo binding i. e. diagonal or hold-down guying will determine whether the LC (Lashing Capacity) or the Stf (Standard tension force) value has preference. The number of strap systems to be used are greatly influenced by the coefficient of friction between the cargo and the platform as well as the magnitude of guying angles and (for details, see EN 12195-1).

42


REMA anti-slip mats - Tested in accordance with German Standard VDI 2700. - Coefficient of friction Âľ > 0.6

Lashing resources are : cargo straps | load chains | steel wire ropes

CHECKLIST for safe and correct cargo lashing Responsible parties in transporting cargos on the public road are the owner of the truck or semi-trailer, the loader, the sender and the driver.

?

1. The driver has been trained for his work, or task, and in the possession of the correct papers and documents. 2. Is the truck or semi-trailer prepared for transport and public road? (owner) 3. Is the cargo floor clean and free of dirt, oil, sand, ice, snow etc? 4. Is the order, partitioning and manner of loading planned in the correct manner by the person responsible for it? (sender) Use of blocking materials, pay attention to maximum force which these can resist (wooden beams, blocks, wedges etc.). Determine the centre of gravity of the load. Prevent empty spaces between cargos. Pay attention to the stability of the cargo. Secure de cargo according to EN norm. 5. Be sure that the total weight of the cargo is beneath the maximum payload of the truck and the regulatory requirements of the truck or trailer manufacturer. 6. Make sure that all cargo securing appliances are connected to the suitable lashing points or eyes? 7. Do the cargo lashing devices (including labels) meet EN standards? (LC capacity, manufacturer, serial number etc.) 8. Have the cargo lashing systems been tested at least once a year by an authorised person? 9. Are the cargo lashing devices properly protected against friction, wear and incision by means of protection appliances? 10. Are there any appliances, such as wooden beams, wedges or blocks, present to secure the cargo? 11. Make sure that the cargo lashing devices and appliances are free of damage. 12. Are anti-slip mats present? 13. Has the cargo been secured in a way that acceleration, braking and lateral forces can be resisted? 14. Cargo which protrudes out of the truck is marked according to regulations? 15. The driver has assured himself that the cargo has been secured according to the regulations, also after each break stop! 16. Only use cargo lashing devices and appliances that meet EN standards.

43


How to calculate hold-down guying using cargo straps A truck is transporting a 6000 kg load. The centre of gravity is in the middle of the load. The load is guyed down with cargo straps, with a tie-down angle a between 83 and 90 degrees. The friction coefficient relates to the friction between the load and the loading floor.3

Friction coefficients: metal on metal: metal on wood rubber anti-slip mat

µ = 0.2 µ = 0.4 µ = 0.6

The greatest forces occur while braking. 80% of the load's weight wants to go to the front while braking, and 50% of the weight wants to break out to the left, right and back.

Accelerate Corner

Corner Brake 6000 kg load

Example 1 metal on metal 80% of 6000 kg 0,2 (friction coefficient) x 6000 kg

4800 1200

Total force to be absorbed

3600 daN

Divide 3600 daN by the cargo strap's standard tension force (Stf) to indicate the number of cargo straps. 3600 : 320 = 11.25 i.e. 12 cargo straps. Example 2 with rubber anti-slip mat 80% of 6000 kg 0,6 (friction coefficient) x 6000 kg

4800 3600

Total force to be absorbed

1200 daN

Divide 1200 daN by the cargo strap's standard tension force (Stf) to indicate the number of cargo straps. 1200 : 320 = 3.75 i.e. 4 cargo straps. Conclusion: Using rubber anti-slip mats will significantly reduce the required number of strap systems.

Application of rubber anti-slip mats

44

Large reduction of number of lashing systems


Cargo lashings

Z Properties - Complies with EN 12195-2. - Robust stainless ratchet. - Long lever for a better force transmission. - Low elongation rate of the webbing will lessen the need for after-stretching. - Instructions for use, except for IG-systems.

double hook triangle carbine hook

i narrow wire hook

IMPORTANT

-

Do not use hold-down lashings for hoisting! Arrange hold-down lashings so as to prevent them from twisting. Do not overload hooks at their tips! Avoid stretching ratchets at the edges of loads. Use cargo lashing protecting devices for sharp loads or loads having coarse finish. - Do not use polyester lashings in an alkaline environment! - Allowable ambient temperature range: -40째C to +100째C.

sheet metal hook triangle

CHECKLIST according to EN 12195-2 -

The inspected cargo strap must be put out of use when not all points (1 till 18) can be marked. The out of use strap will have to be returned for possible service/repairing to the manufac-turer. If the cargo strap is not offered for service or repair, it must be destroyed, such that it can no longer be used. The cargo strap must be inspected at least once a year by a competent and authorised person. Label 1. Is the cargo strap and/or the loose part provided with a label? 2. Is the label readable and provided with: LC lashing capacity Length in meters. SHF 50 daN STF (only for the ratchet) Text; Only for lashing purposes, not Material of the webbing for lifting. Serial number / trace code Name of the manufacturer Elongation in % (at LC) Year of manufacture The standard (EN-12195-2) 3. Is the label blue? (PES, polyester) Webbing 4. Are all the stitchings free of damage? 5. Has the maximum life span of 6 years been exceeded? (recommandation of Rema) 6. No damage to the link caused by heat or friction? 7. There are no cuts or cracks of the yarn and/or protruding wires. 8. No damages have been caused by exhibition to chemicals. 9. There are no signs of unauthorised repairings. Ratchet 10. The rattle provides inscription with LC and has been marked with name or symbol of the manufacturer 11. There is no distortion perceptible to the attachment device. 12. The handle moves free and the locking plate is free of wear. 13. The attachment device shows no corrosion, cracks or tears. Hooks 14. Hooks are provided with LC inscription. 15. Hooks show no corrosion, cracks or tears. 16. Deformation is less than 5%. 17. Hooks show no signs of distortion or declination caused by overload or wrong use. 18. In case of hooks with safety latches, the latch must function well and has to be undamaged.

45


STAN DA

RD

System 50 force Properties - Lashing system 5000 daN (reeved). - Stf 320 daN. - Webbing width 50 mm. type

ref. no.

50F/2

1450005

lashing capaciteit (LC) in daN

2500

5000

-

webbing width (mm)

length

50

9

end fittings

(m) grab hook 419

STAN DAR D D ELIV ERY

SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inc

Properties - Lashing system 4000 daN (reeved). - Stf 320 daN. - Webbing width 50 mm.

50/2 50/2 50/2 50/2 50/2 50/2 50/1

lashing capaciteit (LC) in daN

ref. no.

1405004 1405005 1407005 1402005 1403005 1401005 1408001

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 -

4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 -

4000

type

50ER/2

webbing width (mm)

length

50 50 50 50 50 50 50

8 9 9 9 9 9 6

end fittings

(m) grab hook 419 grab hook 419 claw hook 400U triangle 420 triangle-carbine hook 409 twisted snap hook 411 endless

STAN DA

R

Ratchet EASY-RELEASE is very secure seeing that spanning of stretching straps can be relieved gradually and in a controlled way until an entire release of loads to avoid dangerous situations (cp. standard ratchets where strain is released abruptly).

D D ELIV Z ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inc

lashing capaciteit (LC) in daN

2000

4000

-

webbing width (mm)

length

50

9

end fittings

(m) grab hook 419

STAN DAR

System 50 ergo ERGO ratchets having long levers can be stretched with a pulling movement facilitating to exert a higher force (standard systems are made with push-type ratchets).

Properties -4000 daN (reeved). -Stf 480 daN. -Webbing width 50 mm. type

ref. no.

50R/2

1450001

REM l. AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

Due to the small spring-operated toothed wheels automatically leads to a higher stretching force of Stf 350 daN (see table on previous page).

ref. no.

1409001

Z

REM l. AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

System 50 easy release

Properties -4000 daN (reeved). -Stf 360 daN. -Webbing width 50 mm.

Z

REM l. AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

System 50 standard

type

DELIV

ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inc

REM l. AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

Thanks to the higher stretching force (Stf 500 daN), much less cargo lashings are needed (see table on previous page). lashing capaciteit (LC) in daN

2000

4000

-

webbing width (mm)

length

50

9

end fittings

(m) grab hook 419

Heavier cargo straps and in different lengths on special demand

46

D D ELIV

ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inc

Z


STAN DA

R

D D ELIV Z ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inc

System 35 Properties - Lashing system 2000 daN (reeved). - Stf 180 daN. - Webbing width 35 mm. type

35/2 35/2 35/2 35/2 35/1

ref. no.

1452009 1452007 1452001 1452003 1452005

lashing capaciteit (LC) in daN

1000 1000 1000 1000 -

2000 2000 2000 2000 -

2000

REM l. AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

webbing width (mm)

length

35 35 35 35 35

6 7 9 9 6

end fittings

(m) grab hook 419 grab hook 419 grab hook 419 carbine hook 410 endless STAN D

ARD

System 25B Properties - Lashing system 1500 daN (reeved). - Stf 135 daN. - Webbing width 25 mm. type

25B/2 25B/2 25B/2 25B/1

ref. no.

1416005 1416003 1416001 1416007

lashing capaciteit (LC) in daN

750 750 750 -

1500 1500 1500 -

1500

webbing width (mm)

length

25 25 25 25

3 5 7 6

end fittings

(m) narrow wire hook 402 narrow wire hook 402 narrow wire hook 402 endless STAN

25A/2 25A/2 25A/2 25A/1 25A/1 25A/1

1416015 1416013 1416011 1416019 1416021 1416017

lashing capaciteit (LC) in daN

400 400 400 -

800 800 800 -

800 800 800

REM l. AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

webbing width (mm)

length

25 25 25 25 25 25

3 5 7 3 4 6

end fittings

(m) narrow wire hook 402 narrow wire hook 402 narrow wire hook 402 endless endless endless STAN DA

RD

System IG and SBIG

ref. no.

IG-001 IG-002 IG-003 SBIG-103 SBIG-105 SBIG-107

1432001 1432002 1432003 1433001 1433002 1433003

lashing capaciteit (LC) in daN

-

-

300 300 300 450 450 450

RE M l. AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

webbing width (mm)

length

25 25 25 25 25 25

2.5 3.5 4.5 3.0 5.0 7.0

end fittings

(m) endless endless endless endless endless endless

Heavier cargo straps and in different lengths on special demand

47

DELIV

ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inc

Properties - Lashing system 300 daN (IG) (reeved). - Lashing system 450 daN (SBIG) (reeved). - Webbing width 25 mm. type

DAR

D D ELIV Z ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inc

Properties - Lashing system 800 daN (reeved). - Stf 120 daN. - Webbing width 25 mm. ref. no.

Z

R EM l. AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

System 25A

type

DELIV

ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inc

Z


Load binders Grade 100, in compliance with EN 12195-3

Z

Load binders are designed for a secure binding of heavy loads when transported on road, on rail, by air and aboard ship. Load binders are supplied with ratchet-type stretchers, load hooks fitted with safety latches and shortening clamps to prevent chains from dislocation because of loosening by vibrations during transport. By means of the ratchet provided, load binders can be stretched in a controlled way.

Properties - Complies with EN 12195-3. - Stretching ratchet with anti-tilt protection. - The longer chain side can be shortened by means of a pin clamp. - Safety label showing work load and spanning force. - Chains and accessories made of steel grade 100.

i -

IMPORTANT

Each load, irrespective of its weight must be secured! Load binder chains are not designed for lifting loads! Never use an extension pipe on the lever to exert a higher force on the puller! Do not apply load on the chains, hooks and the ratchet by running them on sharp edges! Use angle protectors or guides at sharp edges (r edge radius < chain diameter). Stop using load binders having expanded, bent and flawy chain links and hooks! In doubt, have them supervised and/or repair by an authorized expert or company.

type

ref. no.

7R-100 8R-100 10R-100 13R-100

3025007 3025008 3025010 3025013

LC lashing capacity (daN) 3.800 5.000 8.000 13.400

minimum breaking force (daN) 7.600 10.000 16.000 26.800

for chain diameter Grade 100 (mm) 7 8 10 13

stroke length

length

weight

(mm) 185 170 200 230

(mm) 3.500 3.500 3.500 3.500

(kg) 11 12 19 33

Chain pullers TLB-R - Grade 80 in compliance with EN 12195-3

Z

Properties - Chain puller with ratcheting mechanism. - Hooks equipped with safety latches. - Anti-tilt device. - Forged design. - Easy functioning. - In combination with grade 80 chains.

type

ref. no.

h g

Lmin Lmax

TLB- 7R 8 TLB- 8R 10 TLB-10R 13 TLB-13R 16

3023010 3023013 3023016 3023017

LC lashing capacity (daN)

minimum breaking force (daN)

for chain diameter Grade 80 (mm)

lever length h (mm)

Lmin (mm)

Lmax (mm)

opening hook g (mm)

4.000 6.300 10.000 16.000

8.000 12.600 20.000 32.000

8 10 13 16

355 355 355 381

595 620 685 825

780 790 885 1055

12.7 14.0 16.5 23.5

48

stroke length

weight

(kg) 4.9 5.5 7.4 12.5


Z

Heavy duty edge protectors - model 1 & 3 Due to their typical shapes, heavy duty edge protectors are very suitable for protecting sensitive products such as paper against damages. Specifically shaped to protect straps and goods at the same time. Properties - Suitable for use with straps of 50 mm wide. - One piece moulded. - Good guidance for straps. - Protection for products through their purposely designed shapes (pressure distribution). - Will not crack and hold its shape even at temperatures below freezing point. - Shape holding and reusable. - Made from high-quality plastic.

H1

type H1 H3

H3

ref. no.

webbing width (mm)

dimensions of the sides (mm)

1460081 1460083

up to 75 up to 100

130 x 80 100 x 100

Heavy duty edge protectors - model 2

Z

Heavy duty edge protectors are suitable for fixation with straps and/or chains. Properties - Protect straps and goods at the same time. - Pressure distribution over products. - Holds cargo together. - Holds partial loads together. type

ref. no.

length (mm)

H2-0.3 H2-0.8 H2-1.0 H2-1.2

1460091 1460093 1460095 1460097

300 800 1000 1200

dimesnsions sides x thickness (mm) 190 x 190 x 20 190 x 190 x 20 190 x 190 x 20 190 x 190 x 20

Anti-slip mats Fixation by means of binding strips with anti-slip mats.

Fixation by means of binding strips with anti-slip mats and edge protectors.

Z

Forces which are required to hold cargoâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s in place are determined by the coefficient of friction between the different surface materials and, in some cases, dependable on temperature and humidity. Anti-slip mats, used in conjunction with REMA lashings, maximizes the lashing effect and adds to cargo safety. Properties - Tested in compliance with German Standard VDI 2700. - Available in various thicknesses and sizes. - Coefficient of friction Âľ > 0.6. AS-5.0 AS-2.4

Popular anti-slip mat to be placed between cargo and platform. An anti-slip mat of favourable price, mostly for covering the whole platform on trucks. AS-20.0 Thin anti-slip mat (3 mm); advantageous for custom cutting to size. Mostly placed between cargo units for safety and stability. AS-0.25/0.50 Can be used either between platform and cargo or between cargo units. type AS - 0.25 AS - 0.50 AS - 5.0 AS - 2.4 AS - 20.0

49

ref. no.

length (mm)

dimensions (mm)

1460101 1460103 1460105 1460107 1460109

250 500 5.000 2.400 20.000

250 x 8 500 x 8 250 x 8 200 x 6 250 x 3


One-way lashing

Z

Polyester lashings for one-way use up to 5000 daN linear breaking strength. Strong, cost effective retensionable system applied with buckles and/or hooks in combination with a reusable tensioner (ratchet). Advantages of one-way lashings - High system strength (up to 5000 daN) makes instant lashing possible. - Freely applicable system length makes one-way lashing a very flexible way of securing cargo of all different shapes and sizes. Only the desired amount of webbing is used. - The straps will not cause any damage to the cargo. - Polyester one-way cargo lashings are shock absorbing and tension holding. - High system strength makes it possible to use the lashing system as a packing application (for example for joining or piling up goods). - Because the ratchet is not sent along with the cargo a certain cost saving arises. - Available in several widths and system strengths. Disadvantages of one-way lashings - Because ratchet is not part of the system it is difficult to retension underway. Therefore this lashing system is less suitable for the hold-down guying of cargo. - One-way lashing means material costs for every transport. type 50-2500LS 30-2500HS 30-2500AC 40-3500HS 40-3500AC 50-5000AC

width (mm)

pulling force (daN)

packing (in plastic bag)

lashing capacity (daN)

50 30 30 40 40 50

2500 2500 2500 3500 3500 5000

300 m 300 m 250 m 200 m 200 m 200 m

2000 2000 2000 3000 3000 5000

model

dimensions

description One way buckle OWB 5020 Pressed steel MBL 2000 daN for use with 50-2500LS

One way buckle OWB 3030 MBL 3000 daN - for use with 30-2500HS and 30-2500AC

One way buckle OWB 4040 - MBL 4000 daN. - for use with 40-3500HS and 40-3500AC.

One way buckle OWB 5050 - MBL 5000 daN. - for use with 50-5000AC.

One way buckle WH 5050NS - No sow hook - MBL 5000 daN

Ratchet Buckle for tensioning of one way lashings.

Other specifications or means of cargo lashing on request

50


5 INFO WEBBING SLINGS

BLZ. PAGE24 52-53

DYNEEMA速 SLINGS

BLZ. PAGE24 54

POLYAMIDE WEBBING SLINGS

BLZ. PAGE24 55

POLYESTER WEBBING SLINGS

BLZ. PAGE24 56-57

POLYESTER ROUND SLINGS

BLZ. PAGE24 58-59

POLYESTER WEBBING SLINGS WITH TRIANGLES

BLZ. PAGE24 60

ROUND SLINGS WITH CHAIN COMPONENTS

BLZ. PAGE24 61

SLING PROTECTORS

BLZ. PAGE24 62

51


Roundslings and webslings Advantages of REMA webslings and roundslings REMA is an essential name in manufacturing and sales of hoisting and load binding straps utilized in the industry, building industry and shipping. All REMA hoisting straps and round ropes are supplies with safety labels. Colourcoding: Green label: polyamide fabric Blue label: polyester fabric Red label: polyethylene fabric Seeing that a part of labels are stitched in the straps and can be found under the stitch, straps are always traceable even if labels are illegible, damaged or torn off. CAUTION

- Do not exceed specified safe operational loads! - Avoid abrupt loading! - Use of strap-protecting devices for sharp loads or loads having coarse finish is compulsory. - Apply hoisting straps so that they may hold along their whole length. - Use hoisting straps and round ropes so that loads may not fall out. - Do not remove hoisting straps or round ropes from under loads when they lay on them. - Avoid dropping hoisting straps fitted with steel triangles. - Do not use polyester straps and round ropes in alkaline environment! - Do not use polyamide hoisting straps in acidic environment! - Do not use hoisting straps and round ropes exceeding the range -40°C to +100°C. - For hoisting straps fitted with steel triangles, operational temperature range -20°C to +100°C is specified. - Inspect hoisting straps and round ropes before use. - Do not use unstitched or damaged hoisting straps or round ropes. - Do not use hoisting straps or round ropes having no labels or being illegible. - Do not attach knots on hoisting straps and round ropes. STORAGE - Store them in dry, cool and wellventilated place. - When stored, protect them from direct sunlight, extreme climatic conditions and aggressive substances.

Polyester (PES) Product range : Roundslings and webslings. Webbing/cover : Colour or stripe coded for each ton. Label : Blue. Properties : Excellent UV-resistance. High resistance against transgression at high temperatures. High pulling force related to specific weight. Low elongation at safe working load. No loss of strength in wet condition. Resistant against most acids. Application : Most used in almost every type of industry.

safety label

Polyamide (PA) Product range : Webbing : Label : Properties :

Application

Webslings. Orange with a green wear layer. Green. High resistance to wear and friction in dry condition. In wet condition approximately 15% loss of strength. High deformation resistance (shock absorbing). Extreme high pulling capacity in relation to its own weight. Long lifespan because of the smooth surface of the webbing. Resistant against standard grease and oil. : In maintenance workshops where webslings are regularly used and come into contact with standard grease and oil.

High Performance Polyethyleen (HPPE) Product range : Coil roundsling and protection covers. Webbing : White, colourfast, doesn’t wear off, red wear warning wires. Label : Red. Properties : Extreme high pulling capacity in relation to its own weight. Wear resistant, extremely well resistant against friction, approximately 7 times higher than PES. Very well resistant against cutting by sharp edges and corners. Ease of use, 8 times lighter than steel wire rope of same WLL. Long lifespan and useable under heavy circumstances. Resistant against alkalis and acids. Slight elongation. Less suitable for use in environments of high temperature. Application : Lifting of steel coils, natural stone and other heavy, irregular shaped loads with sharp edges.

52


Roundslings and webslings REMA® physical information

PES - polyester

PA - polyamide

7-10 GPD 1.38 3-4% 12-18% 1% own weight 0.12-0.15 -40°-100°C 254-260°C no

8-9 GPD 1.14 6-8% 15-28% 9% own weight 0.10-0.12 -40°-100°C 218-258°C no

Strength (gramme/denier) Specific weight Elongation at WLL Elongation at breaking point Moisture absorption Friction coefficient Environmental temperature Melting temperature Floating capacity

HPPE - polyethylene 32-44 GPD 0.97 0.5-1% 3.5-3.8% 0% own weight 0.08 -50°-60°C 144°-155°C yes

REMA® chemical resistance information material polyester polyamide polyethylene

acids

alkalis

ethers

aldehyds

alcohol

oils

organic solvents

yes* no yes

no yes yes

no yes yes

no yes yes

yes yes yes

yes yes yes

yes yes yes

water and sea water yes yes yes

* When subject to concentrated sulfuric acid they will decompose. Chemical resistance of fabric is decreased under the influence of strong chemical concentrates and/or high temperatures.

53


AVAILABLE UP TO 115 TON Rema Force round slings for heavy loads. Material: Depending on their application, Rema Force round slings can be supplied in three different designs. The core is always made of 100% Dyneema® yarn and the protective outer cover can be supplied in three designs: - Specially woven polyester cover with higher wear resistance, - Dyneema® light duty cover with high wear resistance, - Dyneema® heavy duty cover with extremely high resistance against incision and wear. Properties: Dyneema® is a high quality poly-ethylene fibre, which combines maximum strength with minimal own weight. The reduction in weight compared to steel wire slings is approx. 80%. Applications: Rema Force round slings with heavy duty protective cover are specially designed for applications with extreme friction and danger of incision, e.g. when lifting steel coils. Rema Force round coils with light duty protective cover are used in situations where a high wear resistance is needed in combination with the required flexibility. Rema Force round slings with a polyester protective cover are used in situations where less wear resistance is required. Rema Force webbing slings are exceptionally suitable for repetitive lifting activities, because of their maximum strength and minimum own weight. Lower costs are realized through less required labour force and the ability to work faster when attaching loads. Other benefits are less hand injuries and back complaints, etc. Standards: - Rema Force round slings are manufactured in accordance with the CE Machine Directive. - The working load limit (WLL) of Rema Force round slings is tested twice before delivery.

Rema Force protective cover The most common damages to webbing slings and round slings are caused by incision or extreme friction. The Dyneema® protective cover functions as a buffer between the load and the webbing sling. When used, it will protect the sling against incision and/or friction. Simply slide the cover over the rope or webbing sling. The dyneema® cover offers protection against friction that is 7 to 8 times better than polyester.

Two quality standards are available: 1) DNLD flexible design offers very good protection against friction. 2) DNHD heavy duty design against extreme friction and very good resistance against incision. Available: Internal width: 65, 75, 90, 115, 125, 145, 175, 205, 275 and 335 mm. Rema Force edge protector Dyneema® edge protectors are specially designed for Rema Force round slings for loads ranging from 8 up to 115 tons. Dyneema® edge protectors are used if there is a great risk of incision. They are easy to fasten by means of velcro. Available, internal width:125, 135, 155, 185, 230, 285, 345 and 460 mm.

PRICE ON

REQUEST

WARNING

i

At all times, it should be avoided that the load can slide. If the load slides across the lifting means, this could lead to severe incisions!

54


S1-PA polyamide flat webslings with reinforced ends

Z

These high-quality webslings are resistant to greases and oils and chemically resistant to aldehydes, ethers and other alkalines. Polyamide is not resistant to concentrated acids. Elongation is about 7% at a specified load capacity and it can be advantageous at abrupt loading. REMA polyamide hoisting straps are orange-coloured with a green wearing layers Polyamide is extremely wear-resistant. Properties - Tested and certified in compliance with EN 1492-1. - Duplex flat webbing slings; double strap layers. - Green wearing layer. - Polyamide is extremely wear-resistant and shock-absorbing. STAN DAR D

DELIV

b

ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inclu d

R EM ing AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

b £ 45° W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

625 1.250 1.875 2.500

500 1.000 1.500 2.000

W.L.L. (kg) 1.250 2.500 3.750 5.000

b

45°<b £ 60°

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

875 1.750 2.625 3.500

625 1.250 1.875 2.500

WLL

625 kg

1250 kg

1875 kg

2500 kg

webbing width

25 mm

50 mm

75 mm

100 mm

upright length (m)

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

1101001 1101003 1101005 1101007 1101009 1101011 1101013 1101015 1101017 1101019 1101021

1101031 1101033 1101035 1101037 1101039 1101041 1101043 1101045 1101047 1101049 1101051

1101061 1101063 1101065 1101067 1101069 1101071 1101073 1101075 1101077 1101079 1101081

1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0

EKH-certification can be issued exclusively with a new purchase

55

1101091 1101093 1101095 1101097 1101099 1101101 1101103 1101105 1101107 1101109 1101111


S1 polyester flat webbing slings with reinforced eyes

Z

These professional webslings are suitable exclusively for intensive industrial applications.

AVAILABLE UP TO 30 TON

Properties - Colour coding in compliance with EN 1492-1. - VGS model designation. - Duplex webslings; double strap layers. - Extreme strong, water- and stain-repellent, impregnated filaments, thus a longer life. - Tonnage steps, with 1 ton at each step (up to 10 tons). - 1 t load capacity for each 30 mm strap width.

STAN DAR D

DELIV

ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inclu d

b

R EM ing AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

WLL webbing width upright length 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 4.0 m 5.0 m 6.0 m 7.0 m 8.0 m 9.0 m 10.0 m

b £ 45°

b

45°<b £ 60°

colour

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

purple green yellow grey red brown blue oranje

1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000 6.000 8.000 10.000

800 1.600 2.400 3.200 4.000 4.800 6.400 8.000

2.000 4.000 6.000 8.000 10.000 12.000 16.000 20.000

1.400 2.800 4.200 5.600 7.000 8.400 11.200 14.000

1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000 6.000 8.000 10.000

1.000 kg 30 mm

2.000 kg 60 mm

3.000 kg 90 mm

4.000 kg 120 mm

5.000 kg 150 mm

6.000 kg 180 mm

8.000 kg 240 mm

10.000 kg 300 mm

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

1211125 1211127 1211129 1211131 1211133 1211135 1211137 1211139 1211141

1211155 1211157 1211159 1211161 1211163 1211165 1211167 1211169 1211171

1211185 1211187 1211189 1211191 1211193 1211195 1211197 1211199 1211201

1211217 1211219 1211221 1211223 1211225 1211227 1211229 1211231

1211247 1211249 1211251 1211253 1211255 1211257 1211259 1211261

1211031 1211033 1211035 1211037 1211039 1211041 1211043 1211045 1211047 1211049 1211051

1211061 1211063 1211065 1211067 1211069 1211071 1211073 1211075 1211077 1211079 1211081

1211091 1211093 1211095 1211097 1211099 1211101 1211103 1211105 1211107 1211109 1211111

EKH-certification can be issued exclusively with a new purchase

56


S2 endless polyester flat slings

Z

Properties - Colour coding in compliance with EN 1492-1. - Simplex design. - Tonnage steps, with 1 ton at each step (up to 10 tons). - 1 t load capacity for each 30 mm webbing width.

STAN DAR D

AVAILABLE UP TO 10 TON

DELIV

ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inclu d

b

R EM ing AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

WLL webbing width

b

b £ 45°

45°<b £ 60°

colour

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

purple green yellow

1.000 2.000 3.000

800 1.600 2.400

2.000 4.000 6.000

1.400 2.800 4.200

1.000 2.000 3.000

1000 kg

2000 kg

3000 kg

30 mm

60 mm

90 mm ref. no.

upright length (m)

cicumference length (m)

ref. no.

ref. no.

0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0

1212031 1212035 1212037 1212039 1212041 1212043 1212045 1212047 1212049 1212051

1212061 1212065 1212067 1212069 1212071 1212073 1212075 1212077 1212079 1212081

EKH-certification can be issued exclusively with a new purchase

57

1212091 1212095 1212097 1212099 1212101 1212103 1212105 1212107 1212109 1212111


S5 polyester round slings

Z

The standard roundsling for industrial application. Properties - Colour coding in compliance with EN 1492-1. - VGS model designation. - Tonnage steps, with 1 ton at each step (up to 10 tons). - Load capacity is shown along the whole webbing length. - Extremely wear-resistant due to the filaments inside the sheath.

STAN DAR D

DELIV

ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inclu d

b

R EM ing AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

WLL flat length (m) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0

circumference length (m) 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0

b £ 45°

b

45°<b £ 60°

colour

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

purple green yellow grey red brown blue orange

1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000 6.000 8.000 10.000

800 1.600 2.400 3.200 4.000 4.800 6.400 8.000

2.000 4.000 6.000 8.000 10.000 12.000 16.000 20.000

1.400 2.800 4.200 5.600 7.000 8.400 11.200 14.000

1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000 6.000 8.000 10.000

1000 kg

2000 kg

3000 kg

4000 kg

5000 kg

6000 kg

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

1301000 1301001 1301003 1301005 1301007 1301009 1301010 1301011 1301012 1301013

1303000 1303001 1303003 1303005 1303007 1303009 1303010 1303011 1303012 1303013

1305000 1305001 1305003 1305005 1305007 1305009 1305010 1305011 1305012 1305013

1306000 1306001 1306003 1306005 1306007 1306009 1306010 1306011 1306012 1306013

1307001 1307003 1307005 1307007 1307009 1307010 1307011 1307012 1307013

1308001 1308003 1308005 1308007 1308009 1308010 1308011 1308012 1308013

EKH-certification can be issued exclusively with a new purchase

58


S5 EX polyester roundslings

Z

Extra professional roundslings that are ultimately suitable for intensive industrial use. This model has proved its suitability in the German heavy industry for years.

AVAILABLE UP TO 100 TON

Properties - Colour coding in compliance with EN 1492-1. - VGS model designation. - Tonnage steps, with 1 ton at each step (up to 10 tons). - Load capacity is shown along the whole rope length. - High quality polyester sheath Due to the extra strong monofil textile sheath, it has a very strong and wear-resistant covering. - Extremely wear-resistant due to the ribbed structure inside the sheath. STAN DAR D

DELIV

ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inclu d

b

R EM ing AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

b £ 45°

b

45°<b £ 60°

colour

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

purple green yellow grey red brown blue orange

1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000 6.000 8.000 10.000

800 1.600 2.400 3.200 4.000 4.800 6.400 8.000

2.000 4.000 6.000 8.000 10.000 12.000 16.000 20.000

1.400 2.800 4.200 5.600 7.000 8.400 11.200 14.000

1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000 6.000 8.000 10.000

1000 kg

2000 kg

3000 kg

4000 kg

5000 kg

6000 kg

8000 kg

10.000 kg

flat length (m)

circumference length (m)

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0

2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0

1321001 1321003 1321005 1321007 1321009 1321010 1321011 1321013

1323001 1323003 1323005 1323007 1323009 1323010 1323011 1323013

1325001 1325003 1325005 1325007 1325009 1325010 1325011 1325013

1326001 1326003 1326005 1326007 1326009 1326010 1326011 1326013

1327001 1327003 1327005 1327007 1327009 1327010 1327011 1327013

1328001 1328003 1328005 1328007 1328009 1328010 1328011 1328013

1329001 1329003 1329005 1329007 1329009 1329010 1329011 1329013

1331001 1331003 1331005 1331007 1331009 1331010 1331011 1331013

WLL

EKH-certification can be issued exclusively with a new purchase

59


S3 and S4 polyester flat webbing slings fitted with steel triangles S-3 fitted with steel D and DP triangles S-4 fitted with steel D triangles Properties - Colourcoding in compliance with EN 1492-1. - Duplex flat webing slings; double webbing. - Tonnage steps, with 1 ton at each step. - 1 t load capacity for each 30 mm webbing width.

STAN DAR D

Z AVAILABLE UP TO 20 TON

DELIV

ERY SEA LED i PLA n STIC Inclu d

b

R EM ing AC and MERTIFIC ANU ATE AL

b £ 45°

b

45°<b £ 60°

colour

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

W.L.L. (kg)

purple green yellow grey red

1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000

800 1.600 2.400 3.200 4.000

2.000 4.000 6.000 8.000 10.000

1.400 2.800 4.200 5.600 7.000

1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000

REMA S-3 with steel D and DP triangles WLL

1000 kg

2000 kg

3000 kg

4000 kg

5000 kg

webbing width

30 mm

60 mm

90 mm

120 mm

150 mm

upright length (m)

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0

1213031 1213035 1213037 1213039 1213041 1213043 1213045 1213047 1213049 1213051

1213061 1213065 1213067 1213069 1213071 1213073 1213075 1213077 1213079 1213081

1213091 1213095 1213097 1213099 1213101 1213103 1213105 1213107 1213109 1213111

1213125 1213127 1213129 1213131 1213133 1213135 1213137 1213139 1213141

1213155 1213157 1213159 1213161 1213163 1213165 1213167 1213169 1213171

REMA S-4 with steel D triangles WLL

1000 kg

2000 kg

3000 kg

4000 kg

5000 kg

webbing width

30 mm

60 mm

90 mm

120 mm

150 mm

upright length (m)

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

ref. no.

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0

1214031 1214035 1214037 1214039 1214041 1214043 1214045 1214047 1214049 1214051

1214061 1214065 1214067 1214069 1214071 1214073 1214075 1214077 1214079 1214081

1214091 1214095 1214097 1214099 1214101 1214103 1214105 1214107 1214109 1214111

1214125 1214127 1214129 1214131 1214133 1214135 1214137 1214139 1214141

1214155 1214157 1214159 1214161 1214163 1214165 1214167 1214169 1214171

EKH-certification can be issued exclusively with a new purchase

60


Roundsling types

Z

Properties - End fittings class T8/grade 80. - Roundsling connection piece (CAR) for a safe and problem-free connection between the roundslings and the end fittings. - Type label. - Roundslings in compliance with EN 1492-2. - Length of roundslings is 1 meter. Option - Extra long ropes and protecting sheaths. Single fall safe working load (kg) number of fittings 0° 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

CARW

type roundsling

type protector

master link

connection link

1

1

1

2

A8W-13 A8W-16 A8W-18 A8W-22 A8W-22

CARW- 8 CARW- 8 CARW-10 CARW-13 CARW-13

S5-1.0 S5-2.0 S5-3.0 S5-4.0 S5-5.0

BS-50 BS-60 BS-60 BS-75 BS-75

type roundsling

type protector

master link

connection link

2

2

1

4

type of hook 1 HSW-7-8 HSW-7-8 HSW-10 HSW-13 HSW-13

2-fall safe working load (kg) number of fittings 0°- 45° 45°- 60° 1.400 2.800 4.200 5.600 7.000

1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000

A8W-13 A8W-18 A8W-22 A8W-26 A8W-26

CARW- 8 CARW- 8 CARW-10 CARW-13 CARW-13

S5-1.0 S5-2.0 S5-3.0 S5-4.0 S5-5.0

BS-50 BS-60 BS-60 BS-75 BS-75

type roundsling

type protector

master link

connection link

3

3

1

6

type of hook 2 HSW-7-8 HSW-7-8 HSW-10 HSW-13 HSW-13

3-fall safe working load (kg) number of fittings 0°- 45° 45°- 60° 2.100 4.200 6.300 8.400 10.500

1.500 3.000 4.500 6.000 7.500

VW- 6 VW-7-8 VW-10 VW-13 VW-13

CARW- 8 CARW- 8 CARW-10 CARW-13 CARW-13

S5-1.0 S5-2.0 S5-3.0 S5-4.0 S5-5.0

BS-50 BS-60 BS-60 BS-75 BS-75

type roundsling

type protector

master link

connection link

4

4

1

8

type of hook 3 HSW-7-8 HSW-7-8 HSW-10 HSW-13 HSW-13

4-fall safe working load (kg) number of fittings 0°- 45° 45°- 60° 2.100 4.200 6.300 8.400 10.500

1.500 3.000 4.500 6.000 7.500

S5-1.0 S5-2.0 S5-3.0 S5-4.0 S5-5.0

61

BS-50 BS-60 BS-60 BS-75 BS-75

VW- 6 VW-7-8 VW-10 VW-13 VW-13

CARW- 8 CARW- 8 CARW-10 CARW-13 CARW-13

type of hook 4 HSW-7-8 HSW-7-8 HSW-10 HSW-13 HSW-13


Sling protectors

Z

REMA sling protectors for safe and problem-free hoisting Sling protectors applicable for hoisting straps, round ropes and hold-down straps have a significant role when goods of coarse finish and/or sharp edges are to be lifted. Rema DF polyurethane protective sheet - Suitable for hoisting straps models S1, S3 and S4. - Models 300 x 100 are suitable for hold-down strap system Rema 50. type

AH D

B

L

W

H

outside dimensions LxH (mm)

inside dimensions AxB (mm)

for webbing slings

for round slings

for cargo lashings

250 x 80 250 x 80 300 x 100 450 x 100 450 x 120 450 x 120 470 x 130 470 x 150 470 x 150 470 x 170 470 x 200 470 x 240

25 x 10 35 x 10 55 x 10 60 x 30 70 x 30 80 x 30 90 x 40 100 x 40 110 x 40 130 x 40 160 x 40 220 x 40

25 30 50 60 65/75 80 90 100 120 150 210

1t/2t 3t 4t 5t 8t -

25 30 50 75 -

DF- 25 DF- 35 DF- 55 DF- 60 DF- 70 DF- 80 DF- 90 DF-100 DF-110 DF-130 DF-160 DF-220

Rema BV polyurethane protective sheath - Suitable for models Rema S-1 en S-5. - Suitable for use among extreme conditions. - Single- or double-sided.

W

H

B A

Rema BC polyurethane fixed coating - Suitable for use among very extreme conditions. - Elastic and wear-resistant. - Single- or double-sided.

B A

A / B / H / W

for webbing up to webbing width (mm)

for roundslings up to WLL (mm)

50 / 40 / 10 / 5 70 / 60 / 12 / 5 80 / 70 / 12 / 5 95 / 85 / 12 / 5 110 / 100 / 12 / 5 120 / 110 / 12 / 5 145 / 135 / 12 / 5 170 / 160 / 12 / 5 200 / 190 / 12 / 5 290 / 280 / 15 / 8 330 / 320 / 15 / 8

30 50 60 75 90 100 125 150 180 250 300

1t / 2t 3t / 4t 5t 6t 8t 10t 12t / 15t 20t

type/ref. no.

weight single-sided per meter (kg)

weight double-sided per meter (kg) 1.00 1.35 1.50 1.70 1.75 2.05 2.40 2.80 3.20 7.10 8.05

0.60 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.05 1.25 1.45 1.70 1.90 4.25 4.85

Rema BS protective sheath (PVC) Suitable for model Rema S-1 hoisting straps and model S-2 and S-5 round slings. type

fig.1

BS- 50 BS- 60 BS- 75 BS-100 BS-150 BS-180 BS-200 BS-300

fig.2

ref. no.

for flat webbing slings

1107050 1107060 1107075 1107090 1107150 1107180 1107200 1107300

to be used on round slings

62

for roundslings

(mm)

fig. 1 up to WLL

fig. 2 up to WLL

50 60 75 100 150 180 200 300

1t/2t 3t/4t/5t 6t/8t 10 t / 12 t 15 t / 20 t 25 t / 30 t 30 t / 40 t -

1t 2t/3t 4t 5t/6t 8t 10 t / 12 t / 15 t 20 t / 25 t / 30 t / 40 t

inside dimensions (mm) 60 80 100 120 160 200 240 320


6 PAGE 64

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

63


System S zinc-coated wire rope slings

Z

Properties - Pulling force 1770 N/mm². - Assembly in compliance with DIN 3088. - Steel wire rope in compliance with DIN 3068. - Cable length: 1 meter.

2 loops SLL

1 eye + 1 socket SLK

2 sockets SKK

eye + hook with eye + hook safety latch with safety latch SLHS SLLH

eye + swivel hook SLWS

eye + D-shackle SLSCH

System T zinc-coated wire rope slings with stamped rope sockets & end fittings Z Properties - Pulling force 1770 N/mm². - Steel wire rope according to DIN 3068. - Assembly according to DIN 3088. - Wire rope length: 1 meter. wire rope diameter

safe working load (kg) ß=90° 1000 1450 2000 2500 3200 ß=0-45° 45-60° 1000 1400 1450 2000 2000 2800 2500 3500 3200 4500 ß=0-45° 45-60° 1500 2100 2150 3000 3000 4200 3750 5250 4800 6700 ß=0-45° 45-60° 1500 2100 2150 3000 3000 4200 3750 5250 4800 6700

hook with safety latch

safety hook

swivel hook + safety latch

D-shackle

type

type

type

type

EHS

ELH

EWS

Esch

type

type

type

type

THS

TLH

TWS

Tsch

type

type

type

type

DHS

DLH

DWS

Dsch

type

type

type

type

VHS

VLH

VWS

Vsch

(mm) 10 12 14 16 18 10 12 14 16 18 10 12 14 16 18 10 12 14 16 18

Round ropes - endless zinc-coated steel wire ropes Properties - Pulling force 1770 N/mm². - Assembly according to DIN 3088.

(kg)

steel wire rope diameter (mm)

1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000

10.5 12.0 13.5 15.0 18.0 19.5

safe working load

EKH-certification can be issued exclusively with a new purchase

64

Z


7 GRADE 120 HIGH PERFORMANCE CHAIN

PAGE 66-67

GRADE 120 CHAIN SLINGS

PAGE 68

GRADE 100 CHAIN

PAGE 69-78

SPECIALS GRADE 80

PAGE 79

STELCON CHAIN ASSEMBLY

PAGE 79

STAINLESS STEEL CHAIN

PAGE 80-81

LIFTING POINTS

PAGE 82-83

SHACKLES

PAGE 84-85

HOOKS & EYE BOLTS/NUT

PAGE 86

65


Grade 120 high performance chain slings 50% higher working load limit in comparison to Grade 80 and Grade 100.

working load

1

G80 G100 G120

8

Weight reduction

capacity 3.350 kg 4.250 kg 7.100 kg 11.200 kg

weight of chain

2

13

10

capacity -44%

-29%

-33%

-22%

G80 G120

3.350 kg

3

weight G80 16.60 kg 16.60 kg 28.53 kg 43.61 kg

4.250 kg

7.100 kg

11.200 kg

4.250 kg 7.100 kg 11.200 kg

weight G120 chain 9.37 kg 11.80 kg 19.19 kg 34.10 kg

diameter G80 chain 10 mm 13 mm 16 mm

weightreduction -44% -29% -33% -22%

diameter G120 chain 8 mm 10 mm 13 mm

Higher wear resistance

Due to the special form of the profile chain, a larger contact is achieved between the bearing surfaces of the links (see diagram). This, in turn, reduces the surface pressure on the chain and consequently reduces wear substantially. This is a real advantage in abrasive environments. 4

The new profile of the G120 chain has up to 38% higher moment of resistance compared to regular round-link chains with the same diameter. Therefore, the chain can withstand bending forces better than round-link chains and is well equipped for heavy applications.

d

5 dN

Bending resistance

d1

Higher safety factor

With same dimension of chain and workload, G120 offers a safety factor of 6:1 compared to G80 with 4:1. 6

Color-coded corrosion protection

G120 has a powder coated finish in blue, which provides easy identification and corrosion protection. 7

G120 meets or exceeds the following NACM/ASTM-test requirements for lifting:

- exceeds the 4:1 NACM safety factor if G80 loading is used. - meets the NACM standard for heat resistance with 200°C. - meets the 20,000 cycle ASTM-Standard fatigue-test for Grade 100. Technical Data Hardness appr. ................................41 HRC Nominal proof stress* .....................600 N/mm² Nominal breaking stress*................1200 N/mm² Elongation min. ...............................20% Heat resistance up to ......................200°C Components fatigue tested to.........20.000 cycles Surface ............................................powder coated blue Relevant standards..............................ASTM-A906, ISO 3056, EN 818-6

pewag austria

Pewag high quality standard........ISO 9001 Pewag identification mark............PW12

66


Grade 120 high performance chain slings 1-leg

2-leg

3- and 4-leg 45° - 60°

b

ety fact af

4

0 - 45°

45° - 60°

b

b

or

s

0 - 45°

code

d

PRO 7 PRO 8 PRO 10 PRO 13

7 mm 8 mm 10 mm 13 mm

SWL (kg) 3.350 4.250 7.100 11.200

2.360 3.000 5.000 8.000

Chain temperature Load factor Winner PRO

2.360 3.000 5.000 8.000

3.550 4.500 7.500 11.800

5.000 6.300 10.600 17.000

-60°C - 200°C

201°C - 300°C

>300°C

1

0,6

Forbidden

Asymmetrical load

Always count with 1-leg, if your not shore than count with load factor of 1 leg.

Edge loading

R

R

R

R=larger than 2 x chain diameter

R=larger than chain diameter

1

0.7

0.5

light shock

medium shock

heavy shock

0.8

0.6

not available

Load factor Shock loading Load factor

R=smaller than chain diameter

Grade 120 safety label

Z ref. no.

type IDWP-120

2512050

description PW LABEL IDWP GRADE120 1/2/3/4 LEG

Safety label PLW Grade 120

67

pewag austria


Grade 120 high performance chain slings Chain NIP (Grade 120)

type

In accordance with EN 818-2 with higher load capacity.

t

b1 d

Enlarged master link M-G120

AWP13 AWP16 AWP18 AWP22 AWP27

w

Extra bigger master link for 1 leg chain work. inside dimensions are larger than the master link AWP.

2512807 2512808 2512810 2512813 2512816

7 8 10 13 -

ref. no.

MWP13 MWP16 MWP18 MWP26

2512107 2512108 2512110 2512113

b1 min.

b2 max.

breaking load

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kN)

(kg/m)

2.350 3.000 5.000 8.000

7 8 10 13

22 25 33 41

10 11 14 19

26 29 37 50

92.6 118.0 196.0 314.0

1.28 1.64 2.66 4.59

for chain capacity 2-leg (kg) WINPRO 7 8 10 13

2.350 3.500 5.300 8.000 11.200

d

t

w

s

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/st)

13 17 19 23 28

110 110 135 160 200

60 60 75 90 110

10 14 14 17 21

0.34 0.53 0.92 1.60 2.85

capacity

d

t

w

s

(kg)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

2.360 3.200 5.000 10.100

14 17 19 27

120 140 160 190

70 80 95 110

weight

(mm)

for 1-leg WINPRO

10 13 14 20

7 8 10 13

0.44 0.67 1.21 2.65

for D T W capacity e voor 2-leg 3- and 4sling leg sling (kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

ref. no.

consisting of

2512207 2512210 2512213 2512216

MWP18+2BWP3 MWP26+2BWP16 MWP32+2BWP20 MWP36+2BWP26

w t

d

e

g

VMWP7/8 VMWP10/7/8 VMWP13/10 VMWP-/13

(kg/st)

7 10 13

7 10 13 -

214 260 315 415

4.250 8.800 12.300 21.200

20 27 33 38

160 190 230 275

95 110 130 150

weight

(kg/st) 1.55 3.37 6.00 11.12

d

c

type e

b

ref. no.

capacity

e

c

s

d

b

g

weight

(kg)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/st)

2512307 2512308 2512310 2512313

2.360 3.000 5.000 8.000

51 58 70 95

11 12 16 21

14 16 20 24

9 11 13 17

47 57 66 84

16 21 22 26

0.12 0.26 0.33 0.70

type

ref. no.

capacity

e

h

a

d1

d2

g1

b

weight

(kg)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/st)

HSWP7/8 HSWP10 HSWP13

2512407 2512410 2512413

3.000 5.000 8.000

106 131 164

27 33 43

19 26 33

25 34 43

11 16 19

26 31 39

88 108 132

0.50 1.08 1.83

type

ref. no.

capacity

e

b

d1

d2

g

weight

(kg)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/st)

PWP7/8 PWP10 PWP13

2512507 2512510 2512513

3.000 5.000 8.000

68 88 110

63 81 103

18 22 26

11 14 18

type

ref. no.

capacity

e

h

a

b

d1

d2

g

weight

(kg)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/st)

LHWP7/8 LHWP10 LHWP13

2512607 2512610 2512613

3.000 5.000 8.000

126 158 205

25 31 41

24 28 34

89 112 145

25 31 40

14 17 22

34 45 54

0.9 1.6 3.3

CWP7 CWP8 CWP10 CWP13

General conecting link for connection of master links to chain or chain components.

Eye sling hook HS-G120

for chain 1-leg WINPRO

type

type

Master link assembly for multi-leg slings. Proof tested.

pitch t

(kg)

nominal thickness d (mm)

w

Enlarged master link assembly VM-G120

Connex connecting link C-G120

ref. no.

s

t

d

2512007 2512008 2512010 2512013

s

t

Master link MWP

Capacity is only for the master link not for the complete assemblied chain.

WINPRO7 WINPRO8 WINPRO10 WINPRO13 type

d

capacity

t

b2

Master link for one-leg slings or end link. Proof tested 2 x WLL. Working load limit of master link only.

ref. no.

Z

s

d2 d1

g1

General purpose hook with forged safety latch.

e a h b

Shortening eye hook P-G120

d2

g

d1 e

0.48 1.03 2.10

10 13 17

b

Safety eye hook LH-G120

d2 d1 g e a h

pewag austria

b

68


WINNER 8W chain slings of premium quality - advantages

working load

25% higher safe load capacity in comparison with Grade 80 chain slings. n

G8

7

10

13

working load 3.550 kg 5.600 kg 9.500 kg

chain diameter Grade 80 10 13 16

chain diameter W8 8 10 13

Winner

weight

Easier operation thanks to approximately 30% decrease in weigth. n

G8

working load 3.550 kg 5.600 kg 9.500 kg

weight Grade 80 16.2 kg 27.6 kg 42.2 kg

weight W8 11.0 kg 17.6 kg 29.6 kg

weight reduction 32% 36% 30%

Winner

3.550 kg

5.600 kg

9.000 kg

A favourable price/value ratio and a low price difference in relation to n grade 80 chain slings. For many loads, chains of one diameter smaller in relation to grade 80 are n sufficient for assembling slings. Longer life due to a higher wear resistance. n Easy identification through the codes shown on the chains and the fittings. n Special Winner label with exact data to avoid confusing them with n grade 80 chain slings. A wide supply in grade 100 88W): 9 chain diameters. n n Can be utilized for Pewag grade 80 assemblies, ideal for repair. Caution: in such cases, allowable load for the part of smallest load capacity in an assembly may not exceed. WINNER 8W chain tackles of high quality - properties Overall stress at rated load : ............................250 N/mm² Overall stress in manufacturer's load test : ......625 N/mm² Overall stress in tensile test : ...........................1000 N/mm² Specific elongation in breaking :......................min. 20% Deflection in compliance with EN 818-2 : ........0.8 x chain diameter Ambient temperature : .....................................max. 400°C. Quality class designation : ...............................8W (Grade 100) Surface finish, chain : .......................................PWT Pewacoat Surface finish, fittings : .....................................orange powder coating Standards ......................................................EN 818, EN 1677 Pewag quality standard ................................ISO 9001 Pewag certification stamp ............................H16

69

pewag austria


WINNER 8W chain slings of premium quality - load capacity table 2-leg

3- and 4-leg

endless

-

-

tot 45°

45°- 60°

tot 45°

45°- 60°

tot 45°

45°- 60°

-

load factor

1

0.8

1.4

1

1.12

0.8

2.1

1.5

1.6

4

b

b

ety fact af

b

b

or

s

single leg angle b

code

d

WIN 5 WIN 6 WIN 7 WIN 8 WIN 10 WIN 13 WIN 16 WIN 19 WIN 22

5 6 7 8 10 13 16 19 22

safe working load (kg) 1.000 1.400 1.900 2.500 4.000 6.700 10.000 14.000 19.000

800 1.120 1.500 2.000 3.150 5.300 8.000 11.200 15.000

1.000 1.400 1.900 2.500 4.000 6.700 10.000 14.000 19.000

1.400 2.000 2.650 3.550 5.600 9.500 14.000 20.000 26.500

1.120 1.600 2.120 2.800 4.250 7.500 11.200 16.000 21.200

800 1.120 1.500 2.000 3.150 5.300 8.000 11.200 15.000

2.000 3.000 4.000 5.300 8.000 14.000 21.200 30.000 40.000

1.600 2.240 3.000 4.000 6.300 10.600 16.000 22.400 30.000

1.500 2.120 2.800 3.750 6.000 10.000 15.000 21.200 28.000

I M P O R T A N T

Should chains be used under extraordinary or difficult conditions (extreme temperature, asymmetric load, angle load or dynamic load) the values appearing in the above table must be decreased by the load factors specified below.

Extreme temperature 200°C to 300°C. 0.9

-40°C to +200°C. 1

operating temperature load factor

above 300°C to 380°C. 0.75

Asymmetric load b

b

b

b

asymmetric load distribution

angle b load factor

0° - 45°

45° - 60°

0° - 45°

45° - 60°

0° - 45°

45° - 60°

0.7

1

0.7

1

0.7

0.7

Angle of spread edge load

R = larger than 2 x chain diameter

R = larger than chain diameter

R

sharp, hard edges

R

load factor

1

0.7

0.5

shock load load factor

slight shocks 1

medium shocks 0.7

strong shocks not permissible

Dynamic load

pewag austria

70


WINNER 8W chain assemblies in compliance with EN 818-1, -2 and -4

Z

Ordering example: 2-leg - 8 mm - VXKW - KHSW 1000 Grade 100 - 8 mm - 2-leg with shortening facility and hooks fitted with safety latches. Connection length of chains = 1000 mm.

without shortening hooks KAGW KHSW

KLHW

KSCHW

with shortening hooks VXKW KHSW

KLHW

Safety factor 4 Chain cutting length 1 m

1 leg

2 legs

3 legs

4 legs

Ordering example: 2-leg - 8 mm - VXKW - KHSW - 1000 1-leg 2-leg 3-leg 4-leg

diameter chain

type master link

type hook

cut length chain

71

KSCHW

safe chain Æ working load (mm) (kg) 90° 1.000 5 1.400 6 1.900 7 2.500 8 4.000 10 6.700 13 10.000 16 0°- 45° 45°- 60° 1.000 1.400 5 1.400 2.000 6 1.900 2.650 7 2.500 3.550 8 4.000 5.600 10 6.700 9.500 13 14.000 10.000 16 0°- 45° 45°- 60° 1.500 2.000 5 2.120 3.000 6 2.800 4.000 7 3.750 5.300 8 6.000 8.000 10 14.000 10.000 13 21.200 15.000 16 0°- 45° 45°- 60° 1.500 2.000 5 2.120 3.000 6 2.800 4.000 7 3.750 5.300 8 6.000 8.000 10 14.000 10.000 13 21.200 15.000 16

pewag austria


WINNER clevis system - crane eyes without shortening hooks KAGW 1

type

ref. no.

KAGW 1- 6 KAGW 1- 7 KAGW 1- 8 KAGW 1-10 KAGW 1-13 KAGW 1-16

2534106 2534107 2534108 2534110 2534113 2534116

type

ref. no.

Crane eye assembly for 1 leg. D

t

w

e

KAGW 2 Crane eye assembly for 2 leg. D

t

w

e

KAGW 4

KAGW 2- 6 KAGW 2- 7 KAGW 2- 8 KAGW 2-10 KAGW 2-13 KAGW 2-16

2534206 2534207 2534208 2534210 2534213 2534216

type

ref. no.

Crane eye assembly for 3 and 4 leg. D

w

t

KAGW 4- 6 KAGW 4- 7 KAGW 4- 8 KAGW 4-10 KAGW 4-13 KAGW 4-16

e

2534406 2534407 2534408 2534410 2534413 2534416

safe working load (ton)

Z

for chain (mm)

d

t

w

e

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

1.4 1.9 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0

6 7 8 10 13 16

13 13 16 18 23 27

110 110 110 135 160 180

60 60 60 75 90 100

safe working load (ton) 0-45° 45-60°

for chain (mm)

d

t

w

e

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

6 7 8 10 13 16

13 16 18 23 27 33

110 110 135 160 180 200

60 60 75 90 100 110

141 152.5 177.5 211 243 274

0.50 0.93 1.26 2.66 3.86 6.48

for chain (mm)

d

t

w

e

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

6 7 8 10 13 16

18 23 23 27 33 36

135 160 160 180 200 260

75 90 90 100 110 140

220 272.5 272.5 316 378 474

1.52 3.12 3.12 6.14 9.26 14.74

1.4 1.9 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0

2.0 2.65 3.55 5.6 9.5 14.0

safe working load (ton) 0-45° 45-60° 3.0 4.0 5.3 8.0 14.0 21.2

2.12 2.80 3.75 6.0 10.0 15.0

141 152.5 152.5 186 223 254

0.42 0.54 0.73 1.44 2.30 3.63

WINNER clevis system - crane eyes with shortening hooks VXKW 1 Crane eye assembly for 1leg with shortening hook.

D

type w

VXKW 1- 5 VXKW 1- 6 VXKW 1- 7 VXKW 1- 8 VXKW 1-10 VXKW 1-13 VXKW 1-16

e

VXKW 2 Crane eye assembly for 2 leg with shortening hooks.

D

w

VXKW 4 D

w

austria

type

ref. no.

VXKW 2- 5 VXKW 2- 6 VXKW 2- 7 VXKW 2- 8 VXKW 2-10 VXKW 2-13 VXKW 2-16

2554205 2554206 2554207 2554208 2554210 2554213 2554216

type

ref. no.

t e

pewag

2554105 2554106 2554107 2554108 2554110 2554113 2554116

t e

Crane eye assembly for 3 and 4 leg with shortening hooks.

ref. no.

t

VXKW 4- 5 VXKW 4- 6 VXKW 4- 7 VXKW 4- 8 VXKW 4-10 VXKW 4-13 VXKW 4-16

2554405 2554406 2554407 2554408 2554410 2554413 2554416

72

safe working load (ton) 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0 safe working load (ton) 0-45° 45-60° 1.4 2.0 2.65 3.55 5.6 9.5 14.0

1.0 1.4 1.9 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0

safe working load (ton) 0-45° 45-60° 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.3 8.0 14.0 21.2

1.5 2.12 2.8 3.75 6.0 10.0 15.0

for chain (mm) 5 6 7 8 10 13 16

Z

d

t

w

e

weight

(mm) 10 13 13 16 18 23 27

(mm) 80 110 110 110 135 160 180

(mm) 50 60 60 60 75 90 100

(mm) 164 194 232 232 294 364 401

(kg/pce) 0.44 0.64 0.96 1.16 2.11 4.30 7.26

for chain (mm)

d

t

w

(mm)

(mm)

5 6 7 8 10 13 16

10 13 16 18 23 27 33

80 110 110 135 160 180 200

for chain (mm)

d

t

w

e

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

5 6 7 8 10 13 16

13 18 23 23 27 33 36

110 135 160 160 180 200 260

60 75 90 90 100 110 140

238 273 352 352 424 518 621

1.72 2.40 4.84 4.84 8.82 17.26 29.26

e

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

50 60 60 75 90 100 110

164.3 194 232 257 319 383 421

0.74 0.94 1.77 2.12 4.11 7.86 13.74


WINNER chain

Z

b1

Chain WIN 400 8W (Grade 100)

t

(according to EN 818-2 with higher working load)

t

type

d

b2

ref. no.

2530005 2530006 2530007 2530008 2530010 2530013 2530016 2530019 2530022 2530026

WIN 5 WIN 6 WIN 7 WIN 8 WIN 10 WIN 13 WIN 16 WIN 19 WIN 22 WIN 26

safe working load (ton) 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0 14.0 19.0 26.5

d

t

(mm) 5 6 7 8 10 13 16 19 22 26

(mm) 16 18 21 24 30 39 48 57 66 78

b1 min. (mm) 7.5 8.7 9.5 10.9 13.5 17.5 21.5 25.6 29.5 35.0

b2 max. (mm) 18.5 22.2 25.2 28.8 36.0 46.8 57.6 68.4 79.2 94.1

breaking strength (kN) 39.3 56.5 77 100 157 266 402 567 760 1062

weight (kg/m) 0.61 0.89 1.20 1.57 2.46 4.18 6.28 8.90 11.88 16.18

WINNER clevis system - master links for crane hook no. 25 - DIN 15401 Master link LXKW For crane hook no. 25 - DIN 15401.

type

ref. no.

LXKW 1 - 6 LXKW 1 - 8 LXKW 1 -10 LXKW 1 -13 LXKW 1 -16

2535106 2535108 2535110 2535113 2535116

type

ref. no.

LXKW 2 - 6 LXKW 2 - 8 LXKW 2 -10 LXKW 2 -13 LXKW 2 -16

2535206 2535208 2535210 2535213 2535216

type

ref. no.

w e

Particularly for large crane hooks. Very useful, because each leg can shortened.

for hook no. 25

t

d

safe working load (ton)

d

t

w

e

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/st)

1.4 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0

23 23 27 27 33

340 340 340 340 340

180 180 180 180 180

478 516 569 629 688

w e

t

d

w t e

d

LXKW 4 - 6 LXKW 4 - 8 LXKW 4 -10 LXKW 4 -13 LXKW 4 -16

2535406 2535408 2535410 2535413 2535416

3.7 4.0 6.0 7.8 12.7

safe working load (ton) 0°- 45° 45°- 60° 1.4 2.0 2.5 3.55 4.0 5.6 6.7 9.5 10.0 14.0

d

t

w

e

weight

(mm) 23 23 27 33 40

(mm) 340 340 340 340 340

(mm) 180 180 180 180 180

(mm) 478 516 569 629 688

(kg/st) 4.14 4.8 7.6 13.5 21.9

safe working load (ton) 0°- 45° 45°- 60° 2.12 3.0 3.75 5.3 8.0 6.0 14.0 10.0 21.2 15.0

d

t

w

e

weight

(mm) 23 27 33 40 40

(mm) 340 340 340 340 340

(mm) 180 180 180 180 180

(mm) 478 532 584 659 713

(kg/st) 4.7 7.6 13.1 23.1 33.1

WINNER safety label Safety label PLW WINNER 200

Z

Z

type

ref. no.

description

PLW-1 200

2590011

1 leg

PLW-2 200

2590012

2 - 3 - 4 legs

73

pewag austria


WINNER Clevis system - accessories Clevis sling hook KHSW Fitted with forged safety latch.

d g1 e a h b

type

ref. no.

KHSW-5-6

2538006

KHSW- 7

Z

SWL

e

h

a

d

g1

b

weight

(ton)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

1.4

69

20

15

7.4

19

66

0.2

2538007

1.9

95

28

19

9

27

90

0.2

KHSW- 8

2538008

2.5

94.5

28

19

10

27

90

0.6

KHSW-10

2538010

4.0

109

33

25

12.5

30

108

1.1

KHSW-13

2538013

6.7

136

40

34

16

38

131

2.0

KHSW-16

2538016

10.0

155

49

37

20

46

153

3.48

type

ref. no.

d

Clevis safety hook GKHSW

g1

Bigger opening and forged safety latch.

a

e

SWL

e

h

a

d

g1

b

weight

(ton)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

GKHSW- 8

2551008

2.5

116.0

33

25

10.0

31.5

113

1.1

GKHSW-10

2551010

4.0

126.1

40

30

12.5

35.4

132

1.7

type

ref. no.

h b

Clevis safety hook KLHW

d

Closes and locks automatically. g

e a h b

d

Clevis foundry hook KFW Do not use unless operation without safety latches is allowed.

h

e

h

a

b

d

g

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

KLHW- 6

2539006

1.4

94

20

16

71

7.5

28

0.5

KLHW- 7

2539007

1.9

123

26

20

88

9

34

0.9

KLHW- 8

2539008

2.5

123

26

20

88

10

34

0.9

KLHW-10

2539010

4.0

144

30

25

107

13

45

1.6

KLHW-13

2539013

6.7

180

40

34

138

16

52

2.9

KLHW-16

2539016

10.0

217

50

35

168

21

60

5.8

type

ref. no.

SWL

e

h

a

g

d

b

weight

(ton)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

KFW- 7

2541007

1.9

120.5

29

25

64

9

118

1.00

KFW- 8

2541008

2.5

120.0

29

25

64

10

118

1.00

KFW-10

2541010

4.0

140.0

35

32

76

12.5

143

1.78

KFW-13

2541013

6.7

169.5

42

40

89

16

170

2.96

type

ref. no.

SWL

e

g

d

b

weight

(ton)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

KPW-5-6

2542006

1.4

45

8

7.4

47.4

0.15

KPW- 7

2542007

1.9

61

10.5

9

58

0.38

KPW- 8

2542008

2.5

60.5

10.5

10

58

0.38

KPW-10

2542010

4.0

76

13

12.5

76

0.85

KPW-13

2542013

6.7

104

17

16

101

1.90

KPW-16

2542016

10.0

107

19

20

122

2.80

g e a

SWL (ton)

b

Clevis grab hook KPW d

g

e

b

pewag austria

74


d type

Clevis shackles KSCHW With directly mounted on chain cannot be lost. Can also be utilized as chain extension for traverses, see figure on page 65.

e1

e

d1 a b a

SWL

e

e1

b

a

d

c

d1

weight

(ton)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

KSCHW- 7

2571007

1.9

76

54

28

11.5

9

30.5

16

0.49

KSCHW- 8

2571008

2.5

75.5

54

28

11.5

10

30.5

16

0.49

KSCHW-10

2571010

4.0

104.5

76

34

16

12.5

38.5

20

0.95

KSCHW-13

2571013

6.7

113

77

44

20.5

16

50.0

24

1.89

c

s

Clevis pear-type link KOW

ref. no.

type

ref. no.

d

Can be utilized as top crane eyes or end links. Ambient temperature max. 200째C.

e

t

SWL

e

t

w

s

d

weight

(ton)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

KOW- 7

2555007

1.9

91.5

70

34

9

9

0.28

KOW- 8

2555008

2.5

91

70

34

9

10

0.30

KOW-10

2555010

4.0

128

102

50

12

12.5

0.70

KOW-13

2555013

6.7

169

136

66

15

16

1.40

KOW-16

2555016

10.0

214

172

83

17.5

20

2.74

w

Swivelconnector DFW - Can be rotated under load. - Bearing version.

ref. no.

type

2557007 2557008 2557010

DFW - 7 DFW - 8 DFW -10

safe working load (t) 1.9 2.5 4.0

d

e

weight

(mm) 53 53 53

(mm) 90.8 91.2 110.7

(kg/pce) 1.12 1.12 2

e

d

DRAG CHAIN 4000 KG

Z

ref. no.: 2529030 - Safety working load 4000 kg - Chain diameter: 10 mm - Chain length: 5 m - Weight: 15 kg

CW-10 AW-18

PW-10

KHSW-10

WIN-10

shortening with shortening hook

tightening hook with master link

fixed loop with shortening hook

75

tightening hook with load hook

pewag austria


WINNER chain

Z

b1

Chain WIN 400 8W (Grade 100)

t

(according to EN 818-2 with higher working load)

t

type

2530005 2530006 2530007 2530008 2530010 2530013 2530016 2530019 2530022 2530026

WIN 5 WIN 6 WIN 7 WIN 8 WIN 10 WIN 13 WIN 16 WIN 19 WIN 22 WIN 26

d

b2

safe working load (ton) 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0 14.0 19.0 26.5

ref. no.

d

t

(mm) 5 6 7 8 10 13 16 19 22 26

(mm) 16 18 21 24 30 39 48 57 66 78

b1 min. (mm) 7.5 8.7 9.5 10.9 13.5 17.5 21.5 25.6 29.5 35.0

b2 max. (mm) 18.5 22.2 25.2 28.8 36.0 46.8 57.6 68.4 79.2 94.1

breaking strength (kN) 39.3 56.5 77 100 157 266 402 567 760 1062

weight (kg/m) 0.61 0.89 1.20 1.57 2.46 4.18 6.28 8.90 11.88 16.18

WINNER Connex system - crane eyes Crane eye A8W for

type

1 leg 2 leg

A8W-10 A8W-13 A8W-16 A8W-18 A8W-22 A8W-26 A8W-32 A8W-36 A8W-45 A8W-50

t s

d

w

Crane eye VW for

ref. no.

2531010 2531013 2531016 2531018 2531022 2531026 2531032 2531036 2531045 2531050

type

w

3 leg 4 leg

t

A

e

B

safe working load

for hook DIN 15401

1.4 2.3 3.5 5.0 7.6 10.0 14.0 25.1 30.8 40.0

1.6 2.5 2.5 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 16.0 25.0 32.0

ref. no.

VW- 5 VW- 6 VW-7-8 VW-10 VW-13 VW-16 VW-19-20 VW-22

Z

2533005 2533006 2533008 2533010 2533013 2533016 2533019 2533022

consisting of

AW-13 + 2 B-10 AW-18 + 2 B-13 AW-22 + 2 B-16 AW-26 + 2 B-20 AW-32 + 2 B-22 AW-36 + 2 B-26 AW-50 + 2 B-32 AW-50 + 2 B-36

d

t

w

s

weight

crane eye for chain diameter 1 leg 2 leg 3/4 leg 5 5 5 6+7 6 8 7 6 10 8 7+8 13 10 10 16 13 13 19 16 16 22 19 22 19-22 -

(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg/pce) 10 50 80 0.14 10 13 60 110 0.34 10 16 60 110 0.53 14 18 75 135 0.86 14 23 90 160 1.60 17 27 100 180 2.46 20 33 110 200 4.14 26 36 140 260 6.22 45 180 340 12.82 50 190 350 16.55 safe working load (ton) 2.3 4.2 7.6 9.6 14.0 21.2 34.1 40.0

for hook DIN 15401 2.5 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 16.0 32.0 32.0

e

t

w

weight

(mm) 154 189 230 265 315 400 500 520

(mm) 110 135 160 180 200 260 350 350

(mm) 60 75 90 100 110 140 190 190

(kg/pce) 0.52 1.26 2.32 3.68 6.46 10.06 22.87 24.79

WINNER Connex system - crane eyes for crane hook no. 25 - DIN 15401 Crane eye VLW

type

For crane hooks No. 25 complying with DIN 15401. For assembling single-leg and/or multi-leg chains through Connex-connector CW.

w e

t

d

ref. no.

consisting of

VLW 1-10 VLW 1-13 VLW 1-16

2532110 2532113 2532116

LW 27+B 16 LW 27 LW 32

type

ref. no.

consisting of

Z

safe working load (ton)

d

t

w

e

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

4.0 6.7 10.0

27 27 33

340 340 340

180 180 180

410 340 340

4.8 4.4 6.7

Example multi-fall tackles: VLW 2-10/4-8 is possible with 2legl chains of 10 mm / 4legl chains of 8 mm.

for crane hook nr. 25

pewag austria

w e

t

d

VLW 2-10/4- 8 VLW 2-13/4-10 VLW 2-16/4-13 VLW 2-19/4-16

76

2532210 2532213 2532216 2532219

LW 27+2B16 LW 32+2B20 LW 40+2B22 LW 40+2B26

safe working load d (ton) 0째- 45째 45째- 60째 (mm) 4.0 5.6 27 6.7 9.5 33 10.0 14.0 40 20.0 14.0 40

t

w

e

weight

(mm) 340 340 340 340

(mm) 180 180 180 180

(mm) 410 425 455 480

(kg/pce) 5.1 8.0 12.3 13.8


WINNER Connex system - accessories Connex connecting link CW For connecting the following parts: crane eye + chain / chain + chain / hook + chain.

g

d

c e

b

Webbing sling connecting link CARW Particularly wide seating for round slings.

s

g

type

ref. no.

CW 5 CW 6 CW 7 CW 8 CW 10 CW 13 CW 16 CW 19-20 CW 22 CW 26

2536005 2536006 2536007 2536008 2536010 2536013 2536016 2536019 2536022 2536026

type

ref. no.

CARW- 8 CARW-10 CARW-13 CARW-16 CARW-22

2583008 2583010 2583013 2583016 2583022

type

ref. no.

d

c e

safe working load (ton) 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0 16.0 19.0 22.0

Z e

c

s

d

b

g

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

7 7.8 10.0 11.5 12.6 19 21 29.5 33.8 35

9.2 11 12.9 15 17.8 22 29 34.8 38.9 45

7 7.6 9 10 12.6 16.7 21 24.5 25.4 31

34.5 39 46.5 53 63 79 106 118 148 159

12.7 14.1 16.3 18.35 23 27.6 33 41.7 50 59

0.05 0.06 0.12 0.18 0.33 0.70 1.14 2.14 3.21 6.20

g

weight

36 44.4 51 61.5 72 88 103 115 160.8 170

safe working load (ton)

a

e

c

d

b

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0 19.0

29 40 50 46.5 109

66 81 104 112.5 177.5

11.5 12.6 19 21 29

10 12.6 16.7 21 27

65 82 100 110 215

18.35 23 27.6 33 48

0.3 0.5 1.1 2.0 6.5

a b

Eye hook HSW

d2

Fitted with forged safety latches.

d1

g1

a e h b

Safety eye hook LHW

d2 d1

Closes and locks automatically.

g

e a h b w

Swivel eye safety hook WLHW

d2

HSW-5-6 HSW-7-8 HSW-10 HSW-13 HSW-16 HSW-19 HSW-22

2544006 2544008 2544010 2544013 2544016 2544019 2544022

type

ref. no.

LHW-5-6 LHW-7-8 LHW-10 LHW-13 LHW-16 LHW-19-20 LHW-22

2545006 2545008 2545010 2545013 2545016 2545019 2545022

type

ref. no.

Closes and locks automatically.

g Cannot be rotated under load

e

WLHW-5-6 WLHW-7-8 WLHW-10 WLHW-13 WLHW-16

2546006 2546008 2546010 2546013 2546016

type

ref. no.

safe e working load (ton) (mm) 1.4 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0 16.0 19.0

84.5 106 131 164 182.5 205 225

e safe working load (ton) (mm) 1.4 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0 16.0 19.0

110 136 168 205 251 290 322

h

a

d1

d2

g1

b

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

21 27 33 43.5 50 55 62

16.5 19 26 33 40 48 50

20 25 34 43 50 55 60

10 11 16 19 24.5 27 29

19 26 30 39 46 53 62

68.0 88.0 108.5 133.7 154.6 177.5 196.0

0.2 0.5 1.1 2.0 3.5 4.7 7.3

h

a

b

d1

d2

g

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

20 26 30 40 50 62 65

16 20 25 34 35 50 52

71 88 107 138 168 194 211

21 27 34.5 40 50 60 70

11 12 15 20 27 30 32

28 34 45 52 60 70 81

0.5 0.9 1.5 2.7 5.7 7.9 11.2

safe working load (ton)

e

h

a

w

d2

g

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

1.4 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0

160 181 218 269 319

20 26 30 40 50

16 20 25 34 35

35 35 42 49 60

13 13 16 20 24

28 34 45 52 60

0.6 1.1 2.0 4.0 6.8

safe working load (ton)

e

h

a

w

d2

g

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

1.4 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0

160 181 218 269 319

20 26 30 40 50

16 20 25 34 35

35 35 42 49 60

13 13 16 20 24

28 34 45 52 60

0.6 1.1 2.0 4.0 6.8

h a w

Swivel eye safety hook WLHBW-NL Closes and locks automatically. Bearing.

d2

g e

Can be rotated under load

WLHBW-5-6 WLHBW-7-8 WLHBW-10 WLHBW-13 WLHBW-16

2546106 2546108 2546110 2546113 2546116

h a

77

pewag austria


WINNER Connex system - accessories d2

Foundry eye hook FW

type

g

Do not use unless operation without safety latches is allowed.

ref. no.

d1 e

a

h b

Shortening eye hook PW

d2

g

FW-7-8 FW-10 FW-13 FW-16 FW-19-20

2547008 2547010 2547013 2547016 2547019

type

ref. no.

d1 e

b

2548006 2548008 2548010 2548013 2548016 2548019 2548022

type

ref. no.

PSW-7-8 PSW-10 PSW-13

2549008 2549010 2549013

type

ref. no.

XKW- 5-6 XKW- 7 XKW- 8 XKW-10 XKW-13 XKW-16

2543006 2543007 2543008 2543010 2543013 2543016

type

ref. no.

safe working load

e

h

a

d1

d2

g

b

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0 16.0

131 158 190 224 260

29 35 42 50 61

25 32 40 46 54

24 31 39 47 56

11 14 17 22 28

64 76 89 102 114

118 143 170 200 231

0.92 1.77 2.82 5.03 7.60

safe working load

e

b

d1

d2

g

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

1.4 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0 16.0 19.0

51 58 79 103 111 140 166

47.4 58.0 74.5 98.7 122.2 147.4 172.5

12 17 22 26 32 36 42

8.5 11 15 18 21 26 29

8 10.5 13 17 19 23 26

safe working load

e

b

d1

d2

g

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

2.5 4.0 6.7

70.5 88.0 113.0

58 76 101

20 22 26

11.5 15.0 18.0

safe working load (ton) 1.4 1.9 2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0

e

b

a

d1

d2

g

weight

(mm) 84 122 122 159 203 233

(mm)

(mm) 28.5 39 39 50 64 80

(mm) 18 24 24 31 37 48

(mm) 9 12 12 14 18 24

(mm) 7 9 9 13 15 18

(kg/pce) 0.30 0.62 0.63 1.25 2.70 4.80

safe working load (ton)

e

s

b

h

d1

g

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

131 157 207 261 302 363

80 100 130 160 185 220

50 65 80 100 120 140

18 20 26 33 40 50

28 32 40 50 60 75

55 65 90 110 130 150

1.12 2.60 5.90 10.80 17.20 31.30

0.15 0.30 0.80 1.70 2.00 3.00 5.00

d2

g

Shortening eye hook PSW fitted with safety pins

PW-5-6 PW-7-8 PW-10 PW-13 PW-16 PW-19-20 PW-22

Z

d1

Prevents chains from unintentional unhooking and shaking off.

e

10.5 13.0 17.0

0.4 0.9 1.8

b d2

Shortening clamp XKW

d1

Chains can be fitted immediately on the shortening clamps.

g e

b

a

d1

Sheet hook BWW - For lifting sheets and sheet bundles. - Recommended operating angle range: 15째 to 30째.

e b

s g

h

Fork hook GHW - For lifting large-size sheets and sheet bundles. - Recommended operating angle range: 30째 to 45째.

s e

d g

BWW-7-8 BWW-10 BWW-13 BWW-16 BWW-19-20 BWW-22

2552008 2552010 2552013 2552016 2552019 2552022

type

ref. no.

GHW-5-6 GHW-7-8 GHW-10

2553006 2553008 2553010

b

pewag austria

78

2.5 4.0 6.7 10.0 16.0 19.0

36.5 53 53 69.5 92 102

safe working load (ton)

s

b

g

d

e

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

1.4 2.5 4.0

100 150 200

190 254 380

65 100 130

23 30 40

203 300 402

2.1 5.4 16.1


Specials Grade 80 b

Unilock U

d

Z

type

ref. no.

- Standard connection clamps

e M s

Clevis connector KVS

d1

a

d2

e

g

Bale hook BA d

e

1.4g

S hook SM Diverse use, can be utilized as connecting hooks for steel wire loops.

d1

b

Safety label PWL

째 45

2 13

kg 00 71 째 60 k 00 50

d

s

a

M

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

33.5 48.5 48.0 60.0 72.0 80.0 96.0 132.0

21 28 28 35 39 47 56 77

9 13 13 16 18 23 26 33

11 16 16 20 24 32 36 49

16 22 22 27 34 44 52 66

7 9 10 12 16 20 24 30

0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.7 1.2 2.0 4.1

1.120 1.500 2.000 3.150 5.300 8.000 11.200 21.200

type

ref. no.

safe working load

e

b

d

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

1.120 1.500 2.000 3.150 5.300

45 58 58 70 90

36 44 44 55 70

7.4 9.0 10.0 12.5 15.8

0.3 0.5 0.5 0.8 1.5

KVS- 6 KVS- 7 KVS- 8 KVS-10 KVS-13

2651006 2651007 2651008 2651010 2651013

type

ref. no.

safe working load

e

d1

g

a

d2

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

BA-5-6

2661006

1.120

160

16

40

24

7

0.4

BA-7-8

2661008

2.000

200

20

50

30

10

0.7

BA-10

2661010

3.150

260

27

65

39

13

1.5

type

ref. no.

safe working load

e

g

d

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

SM- 5 SM-7-8 SM-10 SM-13 SM-16 SM-19 SM-22

2664005 2664008 2664010 2664013 2664016 2664019 2664022

800 2.000 3.150 5.300 8.000 11.200 15.000

180 220 280 400 500 550 750

42 53 63 90 120 130 175

16 23 27 40 50 60 80

0.6 1.5 2.6 8.2 16.0 26.0 64.5

type

ref. no.

description

PWL-1 PWL-2

2690001 2690002

single leg 2 - 3 - 4 leg

d e

b (mm)

2635006 2635007 2635008 2635010 2635013 2635016 2635019 2635026

- For transporting mesh reinforcements. g

e (mm)

U-5-6 U- 7 U- 8 U-10 U-13 U-16 U-19 U-26

a

- Fitted with safety stirr-up. - For suspension and shortening of chains.

safe working load

g

Barrel grab assembly Safe work load 1000 kg

Stelcon drag assembly For profile 55 x 25 mm Safe working load 1400 kg

Ref. no. 2529020

Ref. no. 2529010 KAGW 2-6 KAGW 2-6

WIN-6 (0.50 m)

WIN-6 (1.8 m)

FA-6

FA-6

CW-6

G-4163 1/2" Stelcon hook (2640001)

79

pewag austria


Stainless steel chain slings

Z

Properties - Suitable for use in corrosive environment. - Suitable at elevated ambient temperatures (-45° tot +400°C). Specifications - Chain base material designation: 1.4404 (AISI 316 L). - Components base material designation: 1.4571 (AISI 316 TI). - Quality class P (grade 50). Applications Food industry, corrosive environment, water treatment plants, fishing, meat processing industry etc. safe working load in kg at symmetric load distribution single-leg

2-leg

3- and 4-leg ß

ß

ß

ety fact af

4

or

s

ß

chain diameter type NIK- 5 NIK- 7 NIK-10 NIK-13 NIK-16

-

-

500 1.000 2.000 3.200 5.000

400 800 1.600 2.560 4.000

5 7 10 13 16

chain NIK Grade 50

ß = 45° tot 60° ß = tot 45° safe working load (kg) 500 1.000 2.000 3.200 5.000

700 1.400 2.800 4.500 7.100

type

ref. no.

NIK- 5 NIK- 7 NIK-10 NIK-13 NIK-16

2685005 2685007 2685010 2685013 2685016

d b1 min. t

t

Crane eye AK t

d

w w

Crane eye VK

t

Connex coupling CK

g

e

d

b

pewag

type

ref. no.

AK-10 AK-13 AK-16 AK-18 AK-22 AK-26 AK-32

2685110 2685113 2685116 2685118 2685122 2685126 2685132

type

ref. no.

VK- 5 VK- 7 VK-10 VK-13 VK-16

2685205 2685207 2685210 2685213 2685216

type

ref. no.

CK- 5 CK- 7 CK-10 CK-13 CK-16

2685305 2685307 2685310 2685313 2685316

safe working load (kg) 700 1.050 1.400 2.000 3.200 5.000 7.000

safe working load (kg) 1.050 3.200 5.000 7.000 10.500

ß = 45° tot 60°

safe working load (kg)

d

t

(mm)

500 1.000 2.000 3.200 5.000

5 7 10 13 16

for chain diameter (mm) 1-leg 2-leg 5 7 10 13 16

ß = 45° tot 60° 750 1.500 3.000 4.750 7.500

1.050 2.100 4.250 6.700 10.000

400 800 1.600 2.560 4.000

560 1.120 2.240 3.550 5.600

5 7 10 13 16 -

ß = tot 45°

(mm)

b1 min. (mm)

(kg/m)

16 21.5 30 39 48

7.5 9.5 13.5 17.5 21.5

0.56 1.10 2.20 3.80 5.70

weight

d

t

w

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

10 13 16 19 23 27 32

80 110 110 135 160 180 200

50 60 60 75 90 100 110

0.2 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.5 2.3 3.9

chain

e

t

w

weight

(mm) 5 7 10 13 16

(mm) 154 230 265 315 400

(mm) 110 160 180 200 260

(mm) 60 90 100 110 140

(kg/pce) 0.52 2.22 3.36 6.02 9.99

chain

e

c

s

d

b

g

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

5 7 10 13 16

36 54 73 92 104

7 9 13 17 21

11 14 18 25 32

7 9 13 17 21

34.4 50.8 69.8 85.4 105.3

12.7 16.6 24.6 28.6 36.5

0.05 0.12 0.33 0.70 1.22

c e

austria

ß = tot 45°

d (mm)

s

80


Stainless steel chain slings Eye hook HSK

d2

type

ref. no.

d1

g1

a

e

h

Z

chain

e

h

a

d1

d2

b

g1

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

5 7 10 13 16

80 104 120 150 175

20.0 28.0 33.0 40.0 47.4

14 19 27 32 37

21 24 31 39 47

8 11 14 17 22

66.0 88.0 108.0 130.0 152.5

22 29 35 43 48

0.2 0.5 1.0 1.9 3.0

HSK- 5 HSK- 7 HSK-10 HSK-13 HSK-16

2685405 2685407 2685410 2685413 2685416

type

ref. no.

description

TKK-1 TKK-2

2685001 2685002

single fall 2 - 3 - 4 - fall

b

Safety label TKK 45째 kg 60째 kg

Other Stainless Steel Chain Tackles and Accessories NOT SUITABLE FOR CRANE OPERATION

Z

Applications - Food industry, corrosive environment, water treatment plants, fishing, meat processing industry etc. d

Stainless steel chain WNK

t

type

Maten volgens DIN 5685. t bi min.

Stainless steel D-shackle SchK

d1 e

d2 b

Stainless steel oval carbine link

b d

c

t

Stainless steel carbine hook

K 4 x 32 K 5 x 35 K 8 x 52 K10 x 65

2685509 2685511 2685515 2685517

type

ref. no.

SchK- 4 SchK- 5 SchK- 6 SchK- 8 SchK-10 SchK-12

2685604 2685605 2685606 2685608 2685610 2685612

dimensions

ref. no.

4 5 6 7 8 10

dimensions

d2

b t

d1

ref. no.

5 6 8 9 10

2685704 2685705 2685706 2685707 2685708 2685710

ref. no.

2685805 2685806 2685808 2685809 2685810

81

safe working load (kg) 100 160 400 630

safe working load (kg) 180 220 260 420 560 1040

safe working load (kg) 250 375 500 750 1000 1250

safe working load (kg) 100 150 288 313 363

d

t

(mm) 4 5 8 10

(mm) 32 35 52 65

bi min. (mm) 7.2 9.0 14.4 18.0

weight (kg/m) 0.28 0.44 1.13 1.76

e

b

d1

d2

weight

(mm) 14 18 21 28 35 42

(mm) 8 10 12 16 20 24

(mm) 4 5 6 8 10 12

(mm) 4 5 6 8 10 12

(kg/pce) 0.011 0.016 0.024 0.06 0.13 0.2

t

b

c

d

weight

(mm) 32 38 44 53 58 70

(mm) 12 13 14 17 18 21

(mm) 6 7 8 9 10 12

(mm) 4 5 6 7 8 10

(kg/pce) 0.011 0.022 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.14

t

d1

d2

b

weight

(mm) 43 50 65 71 80

(mm) 5 6 8 9 10

(mm) 8 8 12 12 15

(mm) 8 8 10 12 11

(kg/pce) 0.018 0.028 0.065 0.093 0.125

pewag austria


PLAW lifting point and eye bolt Lifting point PLAW Grade 100

type

- Rotating and folding in lashing point. - Special mounting screw with metric screw thread and replaceable hold spring.

S.W.L.

ref. no.

PLAW-0.63 PLAW-1.5 PLAW-2.5

Z

2558010 2558016 2558020

measurements in mm

(kg)

a

b

c

d

e

f

630 1500 2500

54 54 54

80.6 80.6 80.6

50 50 50

13 13 13

57.2 57.2 57.2

h

k

70 107.5 33 70 107.5 33 70 107.5 33

67 67 67

g

torsion

weight

n

M

SW

(Nm)

(kg/pce)

60.15 113.5 33 60.15 113.5 33 60.15 113.5 33

10 16 20

17 17 17

40 160 300

0.93 0.97 1.00

l

m

b a

SW d e

g

f n

l

c

k

ety fact af

4

m

h

G

or

s

M

G

G

G

G number of falls load angle torsion force (Nm) 40 160 300

type PLAW-0.63 PLAW-1.5 PLAW-2.5

1 0°

type

ref. no.

RGS-10 RGS-12 RGS-14 RGS-16 RGS-20 RGS-24

2675010 2675012 2675014 2675016 2675020 2675024

type

ref. no.

S

- Red finish.

d

B M

Screw suspension eye DSR / DSS

Type DSR

360° F

- 360° rotatable. - 180° tiltable. - Red finish.

E

D

B

S1 S2

G 180°

90°

C

DSR-M10 DSR-M12 DSR-M14 DSR-M16 DSR-M18 DSR-M20 DSR-M22 DSR-M24 DSR-M30 DSS-M36 DSS-M42 DSS-M48 DSS-M56 DSS-M64

2

0°-45° safe working load (kg) 850 1250 2120 3000 3550 5000

630 1500 2500

a

Eye bolt RGS

2 0°

2674010 2674012 2674014 2674016 2674018 2674020 2674022 2674024 2674030 2674036 2674042 2674048 2674056 2674064

3+4 45°-60°

0°-45°

45°-60°

630 1500 2500

850 2120 3550

630 1500 2500

safe working load (kg)

M (mm)

d (mm)

A (mm)

B (mm)

S (mm)

weight (kg/pce)

700 1.000 1.200 1.500 2.500 4.000

10 12 14 16 20 24

22 26.7 30 36 40 54

42 51 58 66 76 98

30 36 40 53 58 82

10 12 14 16 18 22

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.7 1.32

safe working load

diameter

600 1.000 1.300 1.600 2.000 2.500 3.000 4.000 6.300 10.000 12.500 20.000 25.000 32.100

M10 (x1.5) M12 (x 1.75) M14 (x 2) M16 (x 2) M18 (x 2.5) M20 (x 2.5) M22 (x 2.5) M24 (x 3) M30 (x 3.5) M36 (x 4) M42 (x 4.5) M48 (x 5) M56 (x 5.5) M64 (x 6)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

33 33 45 45 45 45 63 63 63 61 61 79 79 79

30 30 45 45 45 45 60 60 60 70 70 90 90 90

30 30 42 42 42 42 55 55 55 31 31 38 38 38

33 38 54 54 54 54 83 83 83 104 104 125 125 125

27 27 38 38 38 38 55 55 55 73 73 91 91 91

17 21 23 27 27 30 33 36 45 54 63 68 78 90

53 53 76 76 76 76 107 107 107 29 29 33 33 33

14 14 17 17 17 17 25 25 25 145 145 184 184 184

360°

L1

E

G

90°

D

C

Type DSS

S1

pewag austria

L mini

S2 F

82

Nm

S1

weight

(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg/pce)

360°

L mini

L1 standaard

(mm)

B A

L

10 15 30 50 70 100 120 160 250 320 400 600 600 600

8 8 8 8 8 8 14 14 14 19 19 19 19 19

0.32 0.32 0.83 0.85 0.86 0.91 2.44 2.45 2.66 5.22 5.44 11.00 11.30 12.20


Lashing points Grade 80 c

Weldable hook AWH - Safety hook complying with the safety rules.

type

ref. no.

safe working load

l

h

(mm)

AWH-1.3 AWH-3.8 AWH-6.3 AWH-10

2672002 2672004 2672006 2672010

1.3 3.8 6.3 10.0

95 132 167 175

g h

Adhere to welding requirements! l

Weldable hook AOR

Z

b

- Red finish. - For screwing on machine parts or truck chassis. - Ideal for anchoring and cargo fixation. - Can be loaded in any direction.

f

c

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

71 105 130 133

25 29 34 34

25 35 45 50

34 40 49 49

0.6 1.3 2.8 3.7

b

d

Screw type

b

(mm)

g min. (mm)

type

ref. no.

safe working load

AOR-10 AOR-16 AOR-22

2676010 2676016 2676022

3.15 8.0 15.0

type

ref. no.

safe working load

e l

g

a

M

e d f b a M g l weight for Ă&#x2020; chain (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg/pce) 10 16 22

112 183 226

18 26 36

57 93 114

40 65 75

90 150 175

16 30 36

25 50 54

45 80 90

0.8 5.8 11.2

b

Aanslagoog LPW Weld-on type

d

- Red finish. - For welding on machine parts or truck chassis. - Ideal for anchoring and cargo fixation. - Can be loaded in any direction.

f e

a

LPW-06 LPW-10 LPW-13 LPW-16 LPW-22

l

Adhere to welding requirements!

2677006 2677010 2677013 2677016 2677022

e for Ă&#x2020; chain (mm) (mm)

1.12 3.15 5.3 8.0 15.0

06 10 13 16 22

67 84 101 121 178

d

f

b

a

l

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

13 17 22 26 39

38.5 48.6 57 67 93.5

40 45 55 70 97

38 42 60 70 90

36 43 50 65 90

0.4 0.7 1.5 2.5 5.9

AH welding hooks

Z

Safe working loads from 1000 to 8000 kg. B1

L3

L4

Welding hooks can be used on trucks, trailers, excavators, draglines, cross beams etc.

L2

The hook can be welded without any after-treatment of any kind. REMA welding hooks are fitted with stable and strong safety latches. All hooks have a powder coated surface.

LxB

L5 a

L1

type

ref. no.

AH-1.0 AH-3.0 AH-5.0 AH-8.0

2672501 2672503 2672505 2672507

safe working load (ton)

welding dimension A (mm)

LxW

L1

L2

L3

L4

L5

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

1000 3000 5000 8000

4 5 5 7

90 x 25 130 x 35 160 x 45 170 x 50

17 24 30 40

24 29 37 47

6 8 10 10

76 105 132 138

22 28 47 50

0.40 1.25 2.35 3.60

pewag

83

austria


Green Pin shackles Bow shackle G-4161

type

- Safety factor 6 - Zinc-coated. A

E D B C

Bow shackle G-4163 - Safety factor 6 - Zinc-coated. A

E D

B C

1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

Z ref. no.

1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 1/2

3011001 3011003 3011005 3011007 3011009 3011011 3011013 3011015 3011017 3011018 3011019 3011020 3011021 3011023 3011025 3011027 3011029

type

ref. no.

1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 1/2

3012001 3012003 3012005 3012007 3012009 3012011 3012013 3012015 3012017 3012018 3012019 3012020 3012021 3012023 3012025 3012027 3012029

84

E

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

29 32 36 43 51 64 76 83 95 108 115 133 146 178 171 190 203

20 21 26 29 32 43 51 58 68 75 83 92 99 126 138 160 185

0.06 0.11 0.15 0.21 0.37 0.65 1.06 1.56 2.32 3.28 4.51 5.93 7.89 13.40 18.15 26.29 37.60

C

D

E

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

8 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 28 32 35 38 42 50 57 65 70

12 13.5 16.1 18 22 27 31 36 43 47 51 57 60 74 83 95 105

29 32 36 43 51 64 76 83 95 108 115 133 146 178 171 190 203

20 21 26 29 32 43 51 58 68 75 83 92 99 126 138 160 185

0.06 0.11 0.15 0.21 0.37 0.65 1.06 1.56 2.32 3.28 4.51 5.93 7.89 13.40 18.15 26.29 37.60

safe working load (kg)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

500 750 1.000 1.500 2.000 3.250 4.750 6.500 8.500 9.500 12.000 13.500 17.000 25.000 35.000 42.500 55.000

7 9 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 28 32 35 38 45 50 57 65

8 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 28 32 35 38 42 50 57 65 70

12 13.5 16.1 18 22 27 31 36 43 47 51 57 60 74 83 95 105

safe working load (kg)

A

B

(mm)

500 750 1.000 1.500 2.000 3.250 4.750 6.500 8.500 9.500 12.000 13.500 17.000 25.000 35.000 42.500 55.000

A

7 9 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 28 32 35 38 45 50 57 65

B

C

D


Green Pin shackles D-shackle type G-4151

type

- Safety factor 6 - Zinc-coated.

A

D B

C

D-shackle type G-4153 - Safety factor 6 - Zinc-coated.

A

D

B

C

Z ref. no.

1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 1/2

3013001 3013003 3013005 3013007 3013009 3013011 3013013 3013015 3013017 3013019 3013021 3013023 3013025 3013027 3013029 3013031 3013033

type

ref. no.

1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 1/2

3014009 3014011 3014013 3014015 3014017 3014019 3014021 3014023 3014025 3014027 3014029 3014031 3014033

85

safe working load (kg)

(mm)

(mm)

500 750 1.000 1.500 2.000 3.250 4.750 6.500 8.500 9.500 12.000 13.500 17.000 25.000 35.000 42.500 55.000

7 9 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 28 32 35 38 45 50 57 65

8 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 28 32 35 38 42 50 57 65 70

safe working load (kg)

A

B

(mm)

(mm)

500 750 1.000 1.500 2.000 3.250 4.750 6.500 8.500 9.500 12.000 13.500 17.000 25.000 35.000 42.500 55.000

7 9 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 28 32 35 38 45 50 57 65

8 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 28 32 35 38 42 50 57 65 70

A

B

C (mm) 12 13.5 16.1 18 22 27 31 36 43 47 51 57 60 74 83 95 105

D

weight

(mm)

(kg/pce)

25 27 31 37 43 51 59 73 85 90 94 115 127 149 171 190 203

0.06 0.11 0.15 0.21 0.37 0.65 1.06 1.56 2.32 3.28 4.51 5.93 7.89 13.40 16.86 24.56 32.65

C

D

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

25 27 31 37 43 51 59 73 85 90 94 115 127 149 171 190 203

0.06 0.11 0.15 0.21 0.37 0.65 1.06 1.56 2.32 3.28 4.51 5.93 7.89 13.40 16.86 24.56 32.65

12 13.5 16.1 18 22 27 31 36 43 47 51 57 60 74 83 95 105


Hooks and shackles H

Eye hook type 14A - Safety factor 4. - Finished. - Safety latch.

S.W.L.

Z ref. no.

A

(kg)

B A

C F

E

G

A C

Swivel hook type 3A - Safety factor 4. - Finished. - Safety latch.

3007001 3007003 3007005 3007007 3007009 3007011 3007013 3007015 3007017

S.W.L.

ref. no.

(kg)

B

Cannot be rotated under load

1.250 1.600 2.500 3.200 5.400 8.000 11.500 16.000 22.000

H

F

E

G

D

1250 1600 2500 3200 5400 8000 11.500 16.000 22.000

3009001 3009003 3009005 3009007 3009009 3009011 3009013 3009015 3009016

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

81 93 104 119 146 187 230 255 317

19 23 28 31 39 51 62 72 89

24 26 27 31 38 47 57 63 85

32 34 37 40 50 60 72 84 100

17 19 25 26 35 46 47 55 66

22 24 25 28 34 43 52 57 76

20 23 27 30 40 52 63 70 82

37 44 51 61 74 97 119 136 168

0.27 0.40 0.55 0.83 1.90 3.30 5.70 8.40 17.00

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

52 67 81 81 106 129 148 165 200

28 36 40 45 65 70 74 86 114

31 40 47 47 64 77 90 96 120

75 81 92 103 125 165 193 221 282

25 27 28 32 38 48 58 65 89

148 180 208 222 274 337 395 445 543

116 145 165 175 214 264 308 344 427

10.5 13.5 17.0 17.0 21.0 26.0 29.0 34.0 40.0

0.43 0.85 1.21 1.51 3.70 6.60 10.25 15.80 26.00

a

b

d

e

f

h

L

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

70.5 85.0 88.0 116.0 133.5

45.0 57.0 69.0 83.0 107.5

73.0 88.0 110.0 161.0 182.0

157.0 190.0 233.0 336.5 437.0

181 220 271 386 497

(kg/pce) 0.89 1.30 3.24 10.01 20.37

b

Concrete hook type RBH

a S.W.L.

ref. no.

(kg) 1.3 2.5 5.0 10.0 20.0

L h d

3010101 3010103 3010105 3010107 3010109

42.0 49.0 70.0 92.0 114.5

32 42 55 74 110

e f

Eye bolts and nuts Eye bolt type G-8140

d3 d4

- In compliance with DIN 580. - Zinc-coated.

d2

h

e l M

Eye nut type G-8142 - In compliance with DIN 582. - Zinc-coated.

d3 d4

h

e M

d2

Z safe working load

ref. no.

140 230 340 490 700 1200 1800 2500 3600 5100

M

d2

d3

d4

l

e

h

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

3015001 3015003 3015005 3015007 3015009 3015011 3015013 3015015 3015017 3015019

8 10 12 14 16 20 24 27 30 36

20 25 30 35 35 40 50 50 65 75

36 45 54 63 63 72 90 90 108 126

20 25 30 35 35 40 50 50 60 70

13 17 20.5 27 27 30 36 36 45 54

6 8 10 12 12 14 18 18 22 26

36 45 53 60 62 71 90 90 109 128

(kg/pce) 0.06 0.11 0.18 0.28 0.28 0.43 0.84 1.22 1.66 2.65

safe working load

ref. no.

M

d2

d3

d4

e

h

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

140 230 340 490 700 1200 1800 2500 3600

3017001 3017003 3017005 3017007 3017009 3017011 3017013 3017015 3017017

8 10 12 14 16 20 24 27 30

20 25 30 35 35 40 50 50 65

36 45 54 63 63 72 90 90 108

20 25 30 35 35 40 50 50 60

8.5 10 11 13 13 16 20 20 25

36 45 53 62 62 71 90 90 109

(kg/pce) 0.06 0.10 0.16 0.24 0.24 0.36 0.71 1.10 1.32

86


8 INFO

PAGE 88

VERTICAL PLATE CLAMP

PAGE 89-91

HORIZONTAL PLATE CLAMP

PAGE 92-93

BEAM CLAMPS

PAGE 93

SPNDLE CLAMPS

PAGE 94

BULB-, PROFIL- CLAMPS

PAGE 95

PIPE-, CONCRETE-, TUBE-CLAMPS

PAGE 96-97

SPINDLE-BEAM CLAMPS

PAGE 98

SUPERCLAMP

PAGE 99-101

PALLET PULLERS

PAGE 102

GRABS

PAGE 102

87


Lifting clamps REMA® is one of the market leaders in the area of lifting clamps. ®

The REMA lifting clamps meet the highest European quality requirements and comply with NEN-EN-13155. Properties of REMA® lifting clamps - High quality and workmanship. - Very compact design and low dead weight. - Due to the high-strength (HRC 54) segments. - Good wear-resistance and long life. - Break safety factor of minimum 5. - Well-arranged rated load capacity range, with various jaw openings. - Lifting clamps can be repaired easily and replacement parts are available in repair kits. - Vertical clamps are fitted with safety lever exerting force on by means of a spring even in initial position to prevent sheets from sliding out of clamps. - Each clamp is subject to test load (2x rated load). Welding robot

Safety information for lifting clamps

I M P O R T A N T

- Do not exceed rated operational loads! - Avoid abrupt loading! - Utilize the full depth of jaw openings when griping sheets or beams. - Make sure that safety lever is closed even before starting lifting. - With long sheets or beam, use a multiple of clamps such as a traverse. - Do not use any damaged lifting clamps. - Maximum hardness of sheets or beams to be lifted is HRC 37 (345 HB). - Do not lift more than one sheet at a time. - Lifting clamps are not intended to be in permanent connection with gripped-in sheets or beams (except for models CSV). - Do not carry out welding operations on clamps as they can affect original hardness of clamps. - Do not use lifting clamps exceeding temperature range -40° to +100°C. - When lifting and lowering loads, observe a sufficient clearance. - Prevent situations when persons may stay below suspended loads. - It is very important to develop procedures in compliance with periodic inspections must be completed. - Read the attached operating instructions before use.

88


CNM non-marking vertical plate lifting clamps

H

Purposely designed for damage-free hoisting and safe transportation of stainless steel, aluminum and wooden sheets. The two synthetic-coated segments will not mark (plate) materials.

type

ref. no.

CNM - 0.5 CNM - 0.5 CNM - 1.0 CNM - 1.5 CNM - 2.0 CNM - 3.0

safety jaw working load opening (kg) (mm)

3315001 3315003 3315000 3315002 3315004 3315005

500 500 1000 1500 2000 3000

1-20 17-37 1-30 1-40 1-50 1-60

weight

dimensions in mm A

B

C

D

E

F

G

(kg)

100 100 110 110 120 120

80 x 40 80 x 40 80 x 40 80 x 40 100 x 50 100 x 50

400 400 480 500 530 550

160 177 200 220 240 270

38 38 48 48 58 58

80 80 80 80 80 80

47 47 50 55 65 65

4.5 4.7 5.4 7.2 10.3 14.1

max. 15째

max. 15째 100%

Safe working load when used under different angles B

C

A

G F

E D

CNMA vertical non-marking lifting clamp

H

- Identical to CNM clamp above. - Only available in 500 kg loading capacity - Clamping jaw additionally adjustable in steps of 20 mm, from 3 up to 180 mm. type

ref.no.

CNMA-05

3315006

safety working load (kg)

Jaw opening A (mm)

weight

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

(kg)

500

3 - 180

220-400

93

200

360

80

48

65

60

10

dimensions en mm

0 45%

45% 100%

H

Safe working load when used under different angles E

D C

I

A

G F

B

89


CS vertical plate lifting clamps

H

Lifting clamps for safe transportation of steel plates in vertical position. Properties - Fitted with standard lifting eyes movable in a single direction. - Even in initial position, the safety lock exerts force on plates by means of a spring so that they may not drop out of the clamps. - For hoisting steel plates up to hardness 37 RC (345 HB). - Rated load capacity and size of jaw opening are clearly shown on lifting clamps. - Suitable for lifting steel plates, rotating them by 180° and transportation them in vertical position. - Safety factor min. 5 x rated load capacity. - Each lifting clamps is subject to test load at 2 x rated load capacity. type

B

ref. no.

CS- 0.75 CS- 1.0 CS- 1.5 CS- 2.0 CS- 3.0 CS- 4.0 CS- 6.0 CS- 9.0 CS-12.0 CS-15.0

G

safety working load (kg)

0 - 13 0 - 20 0 - 20 0 - 35 0 - 35 0 - 45 0 - 50 0 - 60 0 - 75 0 - 75

750 1.000 1.500 2.000 3.000 4.000 6.000 9.000 12.000 15.000

3360001 3361001 3360003 3361002 3361003 3361004 3361006 3361009 3361012 3361015

0° 45°

C

D

E

F

G

(kg)

47 55 77 77 77 85 110 110 125 125

30 45 65 65 65 70 75 75 86 86

200 255 335 340 340 440 480 550 610 610

90 135 165 165 180 230 230 280 270 390

35 38 55 55 55 70 70 115 95 145

37 29 54 54 54 78 80 86 94 100

10 15 15 16 16 20 20 20 44 40

1.5 3.5 6.0 6.5 7.5 14.5 20.0 24.0 42.0 54.0

Traglast bei Verwendung unter verschiedenen Winkeln.

45° 100%

50%

90°

50%

weight

B

45°

100% 50%

dimensions in mm A

45° C

jaw opening (mm)

50%

90°

90°

A E D

F

CS-H vertical plate lifting clamps

H

Lifting clamps for safe transportation of steel plates of greater hardness in vertical position. Properties - Same as CS clamp.

type

ref. no.

CS-0.75 H CS-1.0 H CS-2.0 H CS-3.0 H CS-4.5 H CS-6.0 H

3361101 3361103 3361105 3361107 3361109 3361111

safety working load (kg) 750 1.000 2.000 3.000 4.500 6.000

90

jaw opening (mm) 0 - 13 0 - 25 0 - 35 0 - 35 0 - 45 0 - 32

dimensions in mm

weight

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

(kg)

47 55 77 77 85 110

30 45 65 65 70 75

200 255 340 340 440 480

90 135 165 180 230 230

35 38 55 55 70 70

37 29 54 54 54 78

10 15 16 16 20 20

1.5 3.5 6.5 7.5 14.5 20.0


CU universal plate lifting clamps

H

Lifting clamips fitted with universal lifting eye for safe transportation of steel plates in vertical position. Properties - Equipped with a universal lifting eye movable in two directions. - Even in initial position, the safety lock exerts force on plates by means of a spring so that they may not drop out of the clamps. - For hoisting steel plates up to hardness 37 RC (345 HB) - Rated load capacity and size of jaw opening are clearly shown on lifting clamps. - For lifting steel plates, rotating them 180° and transportation them in vertical position. - Safety factor min. 5 x rated load capacity. - Each plate grip is subject to test load at 2 x rated load capacity.

B

G

type

ref. no.

CU- 0.75 CU- 1.0 CU- 1.5 CU- 2.0 CU - 3.0 CU - 4.0 CU - 6.0 CU - 9.0 CU -12.0 CU -15.0

3362001 3363001 3362003 3363002 3363003 3363004 3363006 3363009 3363012 3363015

safety working load (kg) 750 1.000 1.500 2.000 3.000 4.000 6.000 9.000 12.000 15.000

0° 45°

50%

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

47 55 77 77 77 85 110 110 125 125

30 45 70 70 70 75 80 80 80 80

217 330 350 365 365 435 510 580 630 630

90 125 165 180 180 230 280 280 395 395

35 38 55 55 55 70 115 115 145 145

37 45 54 54 54 78 80 90 100 100

10 16 17 16 16 20 35 35 35 40

45°

100% 50%

45°

50%

(kg) 1.7 4.5 7.0 7.3 8.0 15.5 23.0 40.0 58.0 62.0

Rated load capacity when using in various angles.

100%

90°

weight

dimensions in mm

45° C

jaw opening (mm) 0 - 13 0 - 20 0 - 20 0 - 35 0 - 35 0 - 45 0 - 50 0 - 60 0 - 75 0 - 75

50%

90°

90°

A E D

F

CU-H universal plate lifting clamps

H

Lifting clamips fitted with universal lifting eye for safe transportation of steel plates in vertical position. Properties - Same as CU clamp.

type

ref. no.

CU-0.75 H CU-1.0 H CU-2.0 H CU-3.0 H CU-4.5 H CU-6.0 H

3363101 3363103 3363105 3363107 3363109 3363111

safe working load (kg) 750 1.000 2.000 3.000 4.500 6.000

91

jaw opening (mm) 0 - 13 0 - 25 0 - 35 0 - 35 0 - 45 0 - 32

weight

dimensions in mm A

B

C

D

E

47 55 77 77 85 110

30 45 70 70 75 80

217 330 365 365 435 510

90 125 180 180 230 280

35 38 55 55 70 115

F

G

37 45 54 54 78 80

10 16 16 16 20 35

(kg) 1.7 4.5 7.3 8.0 15.5 23.0


CUR plate lifting clamps for hoisting stainless steel plates

H

Properties - For safe vertical transfer of stainless steel sheets. - Both the segments, segment pins and the cam are made from stainless steel. - Both the hosing and the latch pin are nickel-plated to prevent carbon steel and stainless steel sheets from contacting. G

B

C

A E

D

F

type

ref. no.

safety working load (kg)

jaw opening (mm)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

(kg)

CUR - 2.0

3313021

2000

0 - 20

77

70

370

175

63

52

17

8.0

weight

dimensions in mm

CSEU vertical lifting clamp

H

Properties - If a clamp with a variable jaw opening is required. - For lifting and transporting plates and constructions from any position. - Jaw opening from 0 - 100 mm. Adjustable in steps of 20 mm. - Strong and light-weight construction. type

CSEU-3

ref.no.

safety workingload (kg)

Jaw opening (mm)

weights

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

(kg)

3313020

3.000

0 - 100

235 - 300

55

80

70

15

385

42

11

dimensions mm

45°

45°

45°

100%

D

E

50%

90°

F

C B

A

G

92

45° 100%

50%

50%

90°

90°

50%

90°


CH horizontal plate lifting clamps

H

Lifting clamps for safe transportation of steel plates in horizontal position. Properties - For hoisting steel plates up to hardness 37 RC (345 HB). - Rated load capacity and size of jaw opening are clearly shown on lifting clamps. - Suitable for lifting non-bending steel plates and transportation them in horizontal position. - These clamps can also be used directly under a traverse squared to them. - Always must be used in pairs. - Low weight and compact design. - Safety factor min. 5 x rated load capacity. - Each plate lifting clamp is subject to test load at 2 x rated load capacity. type

ref. no.

F

A

D

E

C B

0° 60° 90° max 120°

75% 50%

CH - 1.0 CH - 2.0 CH - 2.0/L CH - 4.0 CH - 4.0/L CH - 6.0 CH - 6.0/L CH - 8.0 CH - 8.0/L CH - 10.0 CH - 10.0/L

3365001 3365002 3365102 3365004 3365104 3365006 3365106 3365008 3365108 3365010 3365110

safety working load per pair (kg)

jaw opening

1.000 2.000 2.000 4.000 4.000 6.000 6.000 8.000 8.000 10.000 10.000

0 - 35 0 - 60 0 -100 0 - 60 0 -100 0 - 60 0 -100 0 - 60 0 -100 0 - 60 0 -100

dimensions in mm A

B

C

D

E

F

185 274 344 279 360 284 375 327 417 332 450

140 180 180 222 222 222 222 225 225 225 225

65 80 80 90 90 90 90 120 120 120 120

10 15 15 20 20 25 25 30 30 35 35

100 150 150 185 185 185 170 170 170 170 170

25 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 45

(mm)

weight per pair (kg) 4.8 12.0 14.0 22.0 26.0 23.0 27.0 32.0 34.0 34.0 38.0

max. 0° max. 15° 15°

100% 100%

Traglast bei Verwendung unter verschiedenen Winkeln.

CHT horizontal plate lifting clamps for thin plates

H

Lifting clamps with reverse segments for safe transportation of thin steel plates sagging during lifting. Properties - Always must be used in pairs. - Rated load capacity and size of jaw opening are clearly shown on lifting clamps. - Safety factor min. 5 x rated load capacity. - Each plate grip is subject to test load at 2 x rated load capacity. - For hoisting steel plates up to hardness 37 RC (345 HB).

E

type

ref. no.

CHT - 1.0 CHT - 2.0

3309001 3309002

capacity per pair (kg)

jaw opening (mm)

A

B

C

E

F

G

H

weight per pair (kg)

1.000 2.000

0 - 15 0 - 35

40 65

95 120

10 15

22 25

97 113

136 161

65 80

5.4 8.0

B A

C F

H G

93

dimensions in mm


CNMH horizontal lifting clamp

H

REMA horizontal clamps are used for safe transportation of flat plates, where the surface may not be damaged, e.g. SS, aluminium, wood etc. The clamping jaw and the clamp's bed are covered with a high quality pressure resistant plastic. Clamps can be supplied with a capacity of 1,000 up to 6,000 kg per year. Application - For horizontal transportation of SS plates, various wood panels, aluminium, etc.

G F

A

type

D C

E B max. 15°

0° 60° 90° max. 120°

75% 50%

max. 15°

CNMH-1 CNMH-2 CNMH-3 CNMH-4 CNMH-6

ref.no.

3366001 3366002 3366003 3366004 3366006

jaw opening safety working load per pair (mm) (kg) 0 - 25 1.000 0 - 45 2.000 0 - 45 3.000 0 - 50 4.000 0 - 50 6.000

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

weights per pair (kg)

154 270 275 305 310

140 225 225 250 250

65 90 90 105 120

15 23 28 28 33

95 150 160 160 160

20.0 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5

15 15 15 20 20

7.0 18.0 26.0 32.0 34.0

dimensions mm

100% 100%

Safe working load when used under different angles

CHTV horizontal clamp for thin plates

H

REMA horizontal clamps are provided with a pulling spring to the segment set, this will make sure that the segment is closed at all times. One of the great benefits, is that one person can operate 4 clamps. The clamps can be supplied with a capacity of 1,000 up to 3,000 kg. G

type

F

CHTV-1 CHTV-2 CHTV-3

A

ref.no.

3369001 3369002 3369003

safety working load per pair (kg) 1.000 2.000 3.000

D E

C

B

Safe working load when used under different angles 100% 50%

94

jaw opening (mm) 0 - 35 0 - 60 0 - 60

demensions mm A

B

C

D

E

F

G

193 290 293

140 180 220

85 125 125

10 20 20

100 115 140

25.0 30.5 30.5

15 15 20

weight per pair (kg) 6.0 18.0 25.0


CHV horizontal plate lifting clamps

H

Adjustable lifting clamps for safe lifting and transportation sheet packs and single plates in horizontal position. Always must be used in pairs. type

CHV-1.5 CHV-1.5X CHV-3.0 CHV-3.0X CHV-4.5 CHV-4.5X CHV-6.0 CHV-6.0X CHV-9.0 CHV-9.0X

F

A

ref. no.

3315011 3315013 3315015 3315017 3315019 3315021 3315023 3315025 3315027 3315029

safe working load (kg)

jaw opening

1500 1500 3000 3000 4500 4500 6000 6000 9000 9000

3 - 180 3 - 300 3 - 180 3 - 300 3 - 180 3 - 420 3 - 180 3 - 420 3 - 180 3 - 420

(mm)

weight

dimensions in mm A

B

C

D

E

F

G

260 380 260 380 270 390 275 510 280 510

190 190 190 190 210 210 260 260 260 260

100 100 130 130 140 140 160 160 180 180

20 20 20 20 25 25 30 30 35 35

120 120 120 120 120 120 160 160 160 160

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 45 45

15 15 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 25

(kg) 9 11 11 13 12 14 19 24 23 28

G D E

B

C

CBV beam clamps

H

Designed for safe lifting and transportation of steel beams in vertical position. Properties - During lifting, lifting eyes must be placed in the axis of gravity centre as much as possible. type

CBV-1.0 CBV-2.0 CBV-3.0

ref. no.

3313000 3313001 3313002

safe working load (kg)

jaw opening (mm)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

(kg)

1.000 2.000 3.000

0 - 15 0 - 20 0 - 25

0 - 15 0 - 20 0 - 25

225 290 380

150 200 230

300 370 420

22 60 75

125 165 175

40 52 68

55 77 85

4.0 8.0 14.0

B

E D

C H

A F

G

95

dimensions in mm

weight


CSH spindle clamps

H

- For positioning and rotating steel plates, steel sections and bent plates. - As load is increased, force will as much spread over a larger surface area of the segments. - Do not use them as a sheet clamp! J E

D C K

B

A

H 0°

15°

45°

45°

100%

100% 50%

type

ref. no.

90°

CSH-0.5 CSH-0.75 CSH-1.5 CSH-3.0 CSH-6.0

3313003 3313005 3313007 3313009 3313011

work piece

dimensions in mm

safety working load (kg)

50%

90°

G F

15°

500 750 1500 3000 6000

weight

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

(kg)

0-28 0-22 0-32 0-50 0-75

42 82 91 105 130

76 125 143 165 214

113 201 229 265 365

17 38 45 50 80

104 135 154 190 255

30 46 46 54 69

34 47 52 59 76

10 12 16 19 32

26 44 52 60 76

0.8 3.0 4.0 6.0 18.0

segment

cam

spindle

ring Under initial force

Under load

CBS spindle-type flange clamps

H Spindle clamps for flanged profiles and HP ship profiles.

C B

G

Properties - Rated load capacity = 3 ton. - Application: HP100 - HP240 profiles.

F

100%

A

100%

45°

45°

D 100% 100%

E

10°

10°

type

ref. no.

safety working load (kg)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

(kg)

CBS-3.0

3313019

3.000

210

70

150

16

65

75

70

5.0

96

weight

dimensions in mm


CBL bulb lifting clamps

H

These flange clamps are developed specifically for safe lifting and transportation of HP profiles. They can be utilized in shipbuilding very well. Properties - 3 cams. - Standard with safety locking; clamps will not release either during gripping or putting down. type

ref. no.

B

CBL-2.0

safe working load (kg)

jaw opening

2.000

0 - 80

3313017

(mm)

dimensions in mm

weight

A

B

C

D

E

F

220

68

431

271

55

74

(kg) 20

C

A

E

F D

CBU holland profile clamps

H

- Specifically developed for lifting and transportation HP profiles and ship constructions using HP profiles. - Fitted with 2 cams and universal lifting eyes.

type

ref. no.

CBU-3.0 CBU-5.0

safe working load (kg)

jaw opening (mm)

A

B

C

D

E

F

(kg)

3.000 5.000

0 - 35 0 - 45

120 120

72 75

370 410

175 230

55 70

17 20

15 19

3310001 3310003

weight

dimensions in mm

B 0°

45°

45°

45°

45°

100%

100%

50%

50%

90°

50%

90°

50%

90°

90°

C

A E

D

F

CDK fluted sheet lifting clamps

H

Specifically developed for safe lifting and transportation fluted plates of dams. -

Rated load capacity 3 tons per pairs. Jaw opening: 0 - 20 mm. These clamps must always be used in pairs. Option: shackle. type

ref. no.

CDK-3.0

jaw opening (mm)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

(kg)

3.000

0 - 20

185

80

140

15

25

115

40

3.0

3313023

10°

60° 90°

safe working load (kg)

10° 100%

100% 50%

D E

A F

B

C

G

97

weight

dimensions in mm


CRC rail clamp

H

The REMA clamp is made with a safety mechanism that makes sure that the rail cannot slide out of the clamp during transport. The clamp is locked in open and closed position. Properties - Lifting capacity and jaw opening are clearly engraved in the housing. Application - For vertical transport of (railway) rail profiles. Options - Other capacities and jaw openings. - Other profile dimensions upon request. H

type B

CRC-1.5

ref. no.

3314015

(kg)

jaw opening R (mm)

A (mm)

1500

40-75

63

capacity

demensions B C D E (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 65

390

170

70

weights G (mm)

H (mm)

(kg)

48

16

8

C

A R

G

E D

COBK beam lifting clamp

H

The REMA clamp is made with a safety mechanism that makes sure that the beam cannot slide out of the clamp during transport. The clamp is locked in open and closed position. Application - For lifting and transporting steel beams, profiles and construction parts. - The clamp is suitable for lifting the beams at the sides and at the front-ends. Options - Other capacities and jaw openings. type

COBK-2.0

E

B

ref.no.

3313022

capacity per pair

jaw opening A (mm) 3-20

(kg) 4000

Y

D F A

H C

G

98

demensions F G H Y B C D E (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 155 67 65 285 157 295 64 17

weight per pair (kg) 19


CPH pipe lifting clamps

H

Series REMA PH clamps are designed for efficient and easy lifting and transportation of pipes. Properties - With TBK plastic coating. - These clamps must always be used in pairs. - Supplied with suspension elements excluded. type

ref. no.

safe working load per pair (kg)

opening

A

B

C

D

E

F

weight per pair

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

CPH-1.5 CPH-3.0 CPH-4.0 CPH-6.0 CPH-8.0 CPH-10.0 CPH-12.0 CPH-15.0 CPH-20.0

3313025 3313027 3313029 3313031 3313033 3313034 3313035 3313037 3313039

1.500 3.000 4.000 6.000 8.000 10.000 12.000 15.000 20.000

40 40 50 50 70 70 70 70 70

120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120

32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32

175 175 195 195 215 215 215 215 215

75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75

25 25 25 25 25 45 45 60 60

16 16 26 26 26 26 26 26 26

4.4 5.0 6.0 6.6 9.0 15.0 17.0 25.0 37.0

F

C opening B D A

E

CBA vertical concrete pipe lifting clamps

H

Properties - Specifically developed for safe lifting of concrete pipes in vertical position. - These clamps must always be used per 3 pieces. - On special order supplied with chains and crane eyes. F

D E A

B

C

type

R

ref. no.

CBA-1.5 3308007 CBA-3.0 3308008

G H

safe working load (kg) 1500 3000

dimensions A B C D E F G H (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 110 150 20 10 30 50 60-120 mm 272 162 110 150 20 10 30 50 60-120 mm 272 162 jaw opening R

99

weight per 3 pcs (kg) 21 27


CRK tube lifting clamps

H

Specifically developed for lifting pipes and round material. type

ref. no.

CRK-0.5 CRK-1.0 CRK-2.0 CRK-3.0

3311001 3311003 3311005 3311007

safe working load (kg)

O

dimensions in mm A

Bmax

D

G

(kg)

500 1000 2000 3000

49-114 114-219 219-368 368-508

314-350 470-560 754-870 840-1100

210 385 640 730

42 45 60 72

30 45 70 70

4 9 24 40

weight

G

A

O

B

D

CBK block lifting clamps

H

Properties - For lifting and transportation diverse sorts of products and materials having parallel surfaces. - When putting loads down, clamps will open automatically. - To prevent possible damages, jaws are coated with wear-resistant plastic. type

D

G

CBK-0.25 CBK-0.5 CBK-1.0 CBK-1.5 CBK-2.0 CBK-3.0

ref. no.

3312001 3312003 3312005 3312007 3312009 3312011

C

E F

A B

100

safe working load (kg)

A

B

C

maten in mm D

E

F

G

weight (kg)

250 500 1000 1500 2000 3000

0-120 0-120 60-250 120-500 60-250 120-500

205-250 205-250 500-600 600-720 500-600 600-720

150-205 150-205 350-500 425-600 350-500 425-600

30 30 45 65 45 65

100-125 100-125 140-175 160-200 140-175 160-200

80 x 100 80 x 100 100 x 100 100 x 100 100 x 100 100 x 100

15 15 15 16 16 20

3 6 8 10 16 20


CSV/CSVW spindle beam clamps

H

Suitable for lifting steel beams or can be utilized as semi-permanent lifting eyes. Properties - For a quick and easy mounting of beam clamps onto beams, they are fitted with spindles. - Model REMA CSV clamps are also available without lifting eyes (= model CSVW). CSVW - Safety factor min. 5 x rated load capacity. - Each sheet clamp is subject to test load at 2 x rated load capacity. type

ref. no.

CSVW - 1.0 CSVW - 2.0 CSVW - 3.0 CSVW - 4.0 CSVW - 5.0 CSV - 1.0 CSV - 2.0 CSV - 3.0 CSV - 4.0 CSV - 5.0

CSV

safe working load (kg) 1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000 1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000

3367001 3367002 3367003 3367004 3367005 3368001 3368002 3368003 3368004 3368005

jaw opening

weight

(mm) 75 - 190 75 - 190 75 - 190 150 - 300 150 - 300 75 - 190 75 - 190 75 - 190 150 - 300 150 - 300

(kg) 2.1 2.7 2.7 12.0 12.0 3.4 4.0 4.0 15.0 15.0

dimensions in mm A opening + 60 opening + 60 opening + 60 opening + 80 opening + 80 opening + 60 opening + 60 opening + 60 opening + 80 opening + 80

B

C

D

E

170 170 170 325 325 300 300 300 450 450

75 75 75 80 80

120 120 180 180 180 120 120 120 180 180

16 16 16 20 20

A

B (CSVW) B (CSV)

C

E

max. 15째

D

ACCORDING TO ASME/ANSI SAFETY STANDARD

KSB spindle beam clamps

H

Properties - Low constructional height. - Easy mounting due to the spindle used. - Can be utilized for lifting and transportation beams or as fixed suspension points. - Suitable for both IPE and INP steel beams. - Safety factor: 4 x rated load capacity. type

KSB - 1 KSB - 2 KSB - 3 KSB - 5 KSB -10 B

ref. no.

3317001 3317002 3317003 3317005 3317010

safe jaw working opening load A (kg) (mm) max 1.000 75 - 220 260 2.000 75 - 220 260 3.000 80 - 320 354 5.000 80 - 320 354 10.000 90 - 320 400

C

A

D

J F G H E

101

weight

dimensions in mm B min 180 180 235 235 250

B max 360 360 490 490 520

C

D

E

64 74 103 110 120

5 6 8 10 12

215 215 260 260 280

F min 102 102 140 140 160

F max 155 155 225 225 230

G

H

J

(kg)

25 25 45 45 70

22 22 24 28 44

20 20 38 38 38

5.5 6.0 11.5 12.0 17.0


Superclamp PFC1 and PFC2

V

REMA Superclamp PFC is an adjustable spindle beam clamp for establishing a permanent suspension point. Properties - For light industrial applications. - Compact design and low tare weight. - Easy mounting.

G

type

A

ref. no.

E

PFC1 PFC2

C B

safe working load (kg)

weight

1.000 2.000

2.1 2.5

3501001 3501002

dimensions in mm A

(kg)

96 - 190 96 - 190

B

C

D

E

G

38 38

212 212

6.0 8.0

22 22

220 220

D

Superclamp series S - 2.000 - 15.000 kg

V

REMA Superclamp series S is an adjustable spindle beam clamp for establishing a semipermanent suspension point. Properties - Compact design and low tare weight. - Easy mounting.

A

E

B C

G

opening

K D

J

H

type

ref.no.

S1* S2* S2A* S3* S3X S3A* S4 S4S S4A S12 S14

3502001 3502003 3502005 3502007 3502009 3502011 3502012 3502013 3502015 3502017 3502019

S.W.L.

weight

(kg)

(kg)

opening

A

B

C

D

E

G

H

J

K

4.0 5.1 7.4 10.4 9.0 14.9 17.5 18.8 27.3 53.8 63.0

76-190 76-190 76-190 150-254 79-190 150-305 101-228 203-457 203-457 203-457 406-610

125 125 130 130 130 140 140 140 140 170 175

3 6 12.5 10 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 20 20 20

22 22 22 22 22 32 42 42 42 50 63

90 90 102 112 116 116 118 116 118 116.5 116.5

188 188 250 327 237 373 323 498 498 611 795

275 275 275 410 295 410 410 560 560 660 810

20 20 20 25 25 25 32 25 32 40 40

77 77 103 98 110 110 120 110 112 185 185

250 250 268 332 300 360 382 459 476 616 673

2.000 3.000 3.000 4.000 5.000 5.000 7.000 6.000 10.000 15.000 15.000

dimensions in mm

*Also available in ”Quick Grip” design.

Superclamp series S with rotatable jaw insets

V

REMA Superclamp series S fitted with adjustable insets is an adjustable spindle beam clamp that grips beam flanges optimally to ensure wider jaw openings. Properties - Robust design. - Wide jaw openings. - Easy mounting.

A B

G

C E

opening

L

K D

HJ

turnable jaw

type

ref. no.

S5* S5A S6* S6A* S11*

3503001 3503003 3503005 3503007 3503009

S.W.L.

weight

dimensions in mm

(kg)

(kg)

opening

A

3.000 3.000 5.000 5.000 10.000

10.0 13.8 13.8 15.2 20.6

89-305 89-305 89-305 89-305 89-305

134 134 134 134 134

*Also available in ”Quick Grip” design.

102

B

C

D

95 93 6 116 10 116 116 10 116 116 12.5 116 116 20 118

E

G

H

J

K

L

25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4

348 348 348 348 348

20 25 25 25 32

102 110 110 110 112

359 375 375 375 391

410 410 410 410 410


Superclamp USC-series

V

Adjustable spindle beam clamp for establishing a semi-permanent suspension point at angle loads. Properties - Fitted with a special catch to prevent beams from displacement. - With fixed suspension eyes allowing loads at any angles.

type

ref. no.

USC3A USC4 USC5

3507007 3507009 3507011

S.W.L.

weight

(kg)

(kg)

A

B

C

D

E

dimensions in mm G

H

J

K

L

3.000 4.000 5.000

13.5 23.5 28.5

387 518 524

10 10

70 70 75

48 48 48

32 32 32

100 100 120

25.4 25.4 25.4

28 28 38

20 10 25

10 10

A

B

E

open

C

G J 90°

90° 100° SWL

D

100° SWL

L

K

90° 100° SWL

90° 100° SWL

Superclamp AC-series

V

Adjustable spindle beam clamp for establishing a semi-permanent suspension point on angle steels. Properties - Easy and quick mounting. - Suitable for various angle steel profiles.

type

ref. no.

AC1 AC2 AC3 AC4

3508001 3508003 3508005 3508007

S.W.L.

weight

dimension in mm

(kg)

(kg)

A

B

C

D

E

G

H

J

K

500 1.000 1.500 3.000

4.5 5.5 11.0 21.5

4 6 8 10

65 69 86 90

70 70 90 102

102 96 73 101

206 206 270 343

15 15 19 25.4

258 258 346 490

16 16 20 20

38-101 38-101 50-152 101-203

B A

G E K (corner profile)

C

D

J H

103


Superclamp R1 en R2

V

Adjustable beam clamps for rail profiles. Properties - For rail-laying, rail maintenance and rail manufacturing.

type

ref. no.

S.W.L.

weight

(kg)

(kg)

A

B

C

D

E

G

H

K

R1 R2

3510001 3510003

3.000 5.000

6.0 9.5

90 116

85 110

6.0 12.5

130 130

20 25

275 275

277 311

192 192

A B

dimensions in mm

E C

H

G

standard rail tot 113 mm

K D

Superclamp P-serie

V

Adjustable clamps for lifting round material. Properties - For lifting cylindrical materials of various diameter. - Also can be used as a suspension point. ref. no.

type

3511001 3511003 3511005 3511007 3511009 3511011 3511013 3511015 3511017

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9

B

S.W.L.

weight

(kg)

(kg)

1.000 1.500 2.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 4.000 4.000

7.0 14.1 18.6 31.9 36.4 43.6 50.0 63.6 77.0

63-115 101-178 127-228 178-279 203-330 228-381 254-432 305-482 406-610

E

A

H

C

dimensions in mm opening

opening

K D

104

G

A

B

C

D

E

G

H

K

6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

72 75 75 95 95 95 95 118 118

343 434 506 609 674 749 810 902 1087

80 110 110 125 140 150 165 165 176

16 16 16 20 20 20 20 25 25

99 99 99 101 101 101 101 112 112

290 400 470 550 610 670 700 790 890

215 331 388 462 508 566 636 755 915


Superclamp A-series

V

Hinged hand trolley with automatic locking. Properties - Can be mounted on rails easily and very quickly. - With wheel fracture support device B E

type

A J

H

G

K

D

A1 A2 A3

ref. no.

3512001 3512003 3512005

S.W.L.

weight

(kg)

(kg)

A

B

C

D

dimensions in mm E

G

H

J

K

3.000 6.000 10.000

21.0 33.0 47.5

380 500 580

280 296 290

110 110 135

250 290 310

170 170 170

76 - 230 100 - 305 100 - 305

82 88 109

30 40 40

32 38 38

C

Superclamp BA-series 1.000 - 2.000 kg

V

Adjustable spindle hand trolley with rod-type counter nuts.

B

opening

D

moer

type

A C

J

K

Properties - Compact design and low tare weight. - Can be mounted quickly by means of a spindle. - Rod-type counter nuts for added safety. - With wheel fracture support device.

H E

G

BA1 BA2 BA3

ref. no.

3513001 3513003 3513005

dimensions in mm

S.W.L.

weight

(kg)

(kg)

max. flange

opening

A

1.000 1.500 2.000

6.5 7.2 7.2

25.4 25.4 25.4

63-203 76-203 76-203

14 21 21

B

C

176 360 176 360 176 360

D

E

G

H

46 54 54

70 70 70

16 16 16

6 6 8

J

K

309 101 309 101 309 101

Superclamp B-series 3.000 - 10.000 kg

V

Adjustable spindle hand trolley with rod-type counter nuts. Properties - Robust design. - Can be mounted quickly by means of a spindle. - Rod-type counter nuts for added safety. - With wheel fracture support device. type

B1 B2 B3

M A

ref. no.

3514001 3514003 3514005

weight

S.W.L.

dimensions in mm

(kg)

(kg)

max. flange

3.000 6.000 10.000

23.5 50.0 74.5

28 32 38

G

B N

C L D

H

105

A 76-203 105-305 160-305

B

C

D

395 112 133 515 100 176 570 130 200

G

H

L

M

82 480 269 12.5 125 560 356 15 145 785 430 15

N 33 34 41


Pallet pullers REMA pallet pullers are designed for pulling loaded pallets, heavy crates and similar objects inside containers, on trucks etc. as well as for positioning them so that fork-lift trucks may access them.

PU 10 pallet puller

V

- Double clippers with curved jaws for a safer grip. - Suitable for wooden pallets and crates.

PU 20 pallet puller

V

- Single clippers with wider jaw openings. - Suitable for wooden pallets and crates.

PU 30 pallet puller

V

- Maximum gripping force, with hand grip for easy positioning. - Suitable for wooden pallets and crates.

type

ref. no.

maximum pallet weight (kg)

jaw opening (mm)

length

weight

(mm)

(kg)

PU 10 PU 20 PU 30

3260010 3260020 3260030

2.200 2.200 2.000

75 135 85

760 495 390

9.5 5.5 6.5

REMA GRABS ARE AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL INQUIRES

REMA grabs are available in many versions and can be used for transferring and loading all kinds of goods such as: - bales - beams - blocks - cylinders - crates - sheets - profiles - rolls - drums - bags

106


9 PERMANENT LIFTING MAGNET

PAGE 108-109

TILTING ARM FOR PFR LIFTING MAGNET

PAGE 108

BATTERY LIFTING MAGNET

PAGE 110

ELECTRIC LIFTING MAGNET 230V

PAGE 111

PNEUMATIC LIFTING MAGNET

PAGE 111

HAND- AND COMPACT CRANE MAGNET

PAGE 112

107


PFR permanent lifting magnets

H

REMA PFR permanent lifting magnets contain neodymium resulting in very strong lifting magnets in relation to their tare weights and dimensions. REMA PFR permanent lifting magnets are suitable both for round and flat-surface workpieces. Applications In workshops, stores, and processing machines such as: cutting, milling, polishing and sawing machines as well as bending machines and lathes. Properties - Safety factor 3. - Strong neodymium magnet. - High lifting capacity and easy operation. - Simple mechanical switching with safety handle. - Large lifting eye. - Compact design and low tare weight. - Housing and magnet of robust construction. - The HA tilting arm allows you to lift the load from horizontal to vertical (option).

HA-250/500

safe working load for flat sheets (ST-37)

material thickness (mm)

PFR 250

PFR 500

³ 25 15 10 4 2 Æ 50-100

³ 30 15 10 6 4 Æ 60-200

³ 40 20 15 10 8 6 Æ 65-270

PFR 1000

PFR 2000

³ 60 30 25 20 15 10 Æ 100-300

³ 80 50 30 20 15 Æ 100-350

ref. no.

PFR - 125 PFR - 250 PFR - 500 PFR -1000 PFR -2000

3601004 3601005 3601007 3601009 3601011

safe working load (kg) flat material round material 125 50 250 125 500 250 1000 500 2000 1000

HA tilting arm for PFR 3601013 HA-250 3601015 HA-500

for plates width 300-800 mm for plates width 300-1000 mm

clean and smooth surface air gap 0.1 mm max. dimensions WLL (kg) for plate (mm) dimensions below (L x B)

PFR 125

type

1900 x 500 2300 x 500 2500 x 500 1500 x 500 Lmax 2500

1750 x 1000 2200 x 1000 2100 x 1000 1600 x 1000 Lmax 3500

1800 x 1500 2250 x 1500 2500 x 1500 2300 x 1500 2000 x 1500 Lmax 4000

L > 200 B > 200 125 115 110 45 15

L > 60 B >100 110 100 65 17 4

3250 x 1500 3500 x 1500 3500 x 2000 3000 x 1500 Lmax 5000

1000

2450 x 1500 2850 x 1500 3200 x 1500 3300 x 1500 2750 x 1500 Lmax 4500

L > 100 B > 150 225 155 80 34 17

125 L > 400 L > 110 B > 400 B > 245 500 480 365 425 235 400 115 270 80 195 50 125 250 L > 500 B > 500 1000 860 830 745 500 265 500 L > 800 B > 800 2000 1950 1350 1100 650

(L x B) 1100 x 500 1500 x 500 2300 x 500 1300 x 500

Lmax 1700

40 L > 300 B > 300 250 205 170 100 50

rusty / hot rolled surface air gap 0.1 - 0.3 mm max. dimensions WLL (kg) for plate (mm) dimensions below

1250 x 1000 1650 x 1000 1650 x 1000 1400 x 1000 Lmax 3000

1650 x 1250 2050 x 1250 2350 x 1250 2250 x 1250 2000 x 1250 Lmax 3500

L > 145 B > 310 985 710 535 365 215 105 L > 170 B > 500 1950 1600 550 400 250

2000 x 1500 2400 x 1500 2750 x 1500 2900 x 1500 2550 x 1500 Lmax 4000

2500 x 1500 3250 x 1500 3000 x 2000 3000 x 1500 Lmax 4500

108

L > 60 B >100 70 60 50 17 3

L > 200 B > 200 75 70 65 40 13

28 L > 300 B > 300 170 150 130 80 45 100 L > 400 B > 400 380 320 300 220 160 100 200 L > 500 B > 500 845 730 705 640 445 240 400

dimensions (mm) 95 x 60 x 110 151 x 100 x 168 246 x 120 x 168 316 x 148 x 216 480 x 165 x 251

weight (kg) 3 10 19 37 85

dimensions 958 x 210 x 255 1158 x 275 x 255

weight 27 38

irregular and rough surface air gap 0.3 - 0.5 mm max. dimensions WLL (kg) for plate (mm) dimensions below (L x B) 900 x 500 1200 x 500 1700 x 500 1200 x 500

L > 200 B > 200 60 55 50 30 12

Lmax 1700 L > 100 B > 150 150 120 65 28 14 L > 110 B > 245 370 290 195 95 65 40 L > 145 B > 310 835 620 475 320 195 95

L > 800 L > 170 B > 800 B > 500 1650 1600 1600 1350 1150 500 1000 375 600 230 900

1000 x 800 1100 x 1000 1300 x 1000 1150 x 1000 Lmax 2500

1400 x 1000 1750 x 1000 2150 x 1000 2150 x 1000 2000 x 1000 Lmax 3000 1900 x 1250 2250 x 1250 2600 x 1250 2800 x 1250 2650 x 1250 Lmax 3500

2000 x 1500 2500 x 1500 2500 x 2000 2000 x 1500 Lmax 4000

very rough surface air gap > 0.5 mm

L > 60 B >100 55 45 40 15 3

24 L > 300 B > 300 105 90 85 60 36 70 L > 400 B > 400 255 220 205 165 125 80 150 L > 500 B > 500 650 565 550 510 380 200 300

L > 100 B > 150 100 85 53 23 12 L > 110 B > 245 250 200 150 80 55 33 L > 145 B > 310 645 515 410 290 175 85

L > 800 L > 170 B > 800 B > 500 1300 1250 1250 1150 1000 450 900 350 550 200 800

ask our advice


QPM permanent lifting magnets

Q

REMA QPM permanent lifting magnets containing neodymium are suitable for lifting and transferring flat and cylindrical ferromagnetic materials (“magnetizable steels”). Applications REMA QPM permanent lifting magnets can be used as grabs in lifting and hoisting technologies for horizontal and vertical materials handling in stores, steel construction manufacturing plants, machine and assembly bays etc. Properties - Safety factor 3.5. - High quality neodymium magnet [NdFeB]. - After separation, almost no magnetism remains, establishing no risk of accidents. - Simple and easy handle operation with safety knob. - V-groove makes possible lifting not only flat workpieces but even cylindrical ones. - Compact and robust construction provided with a lifting eye of wide opening. type

F

ON

QPM - 100 QPM - 300 QPM - 600 QPM -1000

OFF

B

ref. no.

3610001 3610003 3610006 3610010

safe working load (kg) flat round material material 100 30 300 100 600 200 1000 300

dimensions (mm) A

B

C

D

E

F

84 154 224 250

62 92 122 176

67 91 117 163

130 206 285 322

150 195 254 372

116 160 213 288

lever length (mm) 84 154 196 264

weight (kg) 2.6 9.6 23.0 54.0

E

Type selection Select a suitable magnet considering the load to be lifted and take thickness, mass, dimensions of magnetic surface, material specifications, surface structure, air gap and symmetric loading into account. Safety information on the series PFR- and QPM.

I M P O R T A N T C

- Do not exceed rated load capacity! A D

- Avoid abrupt loading! - A full lifting force cannot be attained unless surfaces of the steel plates to be lifted (St 37k, 25 mm thick) are machined, smooth and clean. - When lifting thin sheets from a stack pay attention you are lifting one sheet at a time. - With thin sheets, take care of “peeling-off” because they can bend and separate from the lifting magnets. - Do not let lifting magnets touch hard on the ground! - Do not stay under loads suspended by lifting magnets! - When working with lifting magnets, do not endanger people! - Do not lift any load that has loose objects on! - Do not lift workpieces of rough surface or porous structure. - Surfaces must be dry, clean and free of oil and grease. - Attach lifting magnets only to safe cranes, hooks etc. - Avoid shocks during lifting and put down loads under controlled conditions. - Always inspect the safety knob on the handle as well as the condition of the guide and the safety pin before operation. - Annually, have the lifting magnet checked by authorized persons or companies.

Battery-operated and mains-powered lifting magnets page 110-111

109


1350 kg - 5000 kg

RM battery magnets

C

REMA RM battery magnets with in-built 12V battery are suitable for lifting both flat and round materials (type RMP). Applications - For lifting heavy, thick plate materials up to a maximum load of 5000 kg. - Type RMP can also be used for round materials of minimum 25 mm up to 300 mm. Properties - Provided with a 12V battery with an operational period of at least 8 hours. - Infrared remote control up to a distance of 4.5 meters. - Direct connection to 230V in order to load the battery. - LED indication of battery voltage. - Magnet version RM has 3 poles, and RMP has 2 poles. High safety requirements. - The extra button under the lifting eye makes sure that the magnet cannot be switched off. - In order to release the plates, 2 buttons must be pressed. - Provided with sound and LED signals in case of low battery voltage. - Magnet cannot be switched on in case of low battery voltage. - Tested with twice the working load. - Battery type according to DIN43539-3. type

ref. no.

RM 1350* RM 2500 RM 3600* RM 5000 RMP 1800 RMP 3600 OPTIONS

3601031 3601033 3601035 3601037 3601041 3601043 3601039

safe working load (kg) flat materiaal round material 1350 2500 3600 5000 1800 1130 3600 2260 * Infrared remote control with tip-off function

dimensions (mm) 272 x 242 x 460 400 x 242 x 460 1200 x 300 x 460 1050 x 240 x 460 470 x 242 x 610 760 x 262 x 620

weight (kg) 60 72 180 203 167 420

* Can be made with infrared remote control and tip-off function for temporarily interrupting the electric circuit. safe lifting capacity for flat material (S 235 JR [ST.37])

thickness of material (mm)

RM 1350

RM 2500

B

RM 5000 L

RM 3600

RMP 1800

RMP 3600

≥ 38 25 19 13 10 6 ≥ 50 38 25 19 13 10 6 ≥ 50 38 25 19 13 10 6 ≥ 25 19 13 10 6 3 ≥ 50 38 25 19 13 10 6 ≥ 70 40 30 20 15 10 6

clean and flat ground surface with air grab 0.1 mm max. afm. plaat WLL L x B (mm) (kg) 2130 x 2130 2130 x 2130 2130 x 2130 2130 x 2130 1830 x 1520 1220 x 1220 2400 x 2400 2400 x 2400 2400 x 2400 2400 x 2400 1800 x 1800 1800 x 1500 1500 x 1200 3600 x 3300 3300 x 3300 3300 x 3300 3000 x 2700 2700 x 2400 2100 x 2100 1800 x 1800 6000 x 3000 6600 x 2400 5100 x 2400 3900 x 2400 3600 x 1800 2400 x 1800 2000 x 2000 1900 x 1900 2100 x 2100 2400 x 2100 2400 x 2100 2100 x 2100 2000 x 2000 2700 x 2700 3000 x 3000 3000 x 3000 3000 x 3000 2700 x 2700 3000 x 2700

1350 950 660 370 180 90 2500 1850 1200 800 370 250 110 5000 3700 2400 1600 740 500 220 3600 2430 1250 720 340 110 1800 1130 1020 800 570 390 250 3600 2275 1730 1250 920 610 370

110

rusty / hot-rolled surface with air grap 0.1 - 0.3 mm max. afm. plaat WLL L x B (mm) (kg) 1900 x 1900 1830 x 1830 1830 x 1830 1830 x 1830 1520 x 1520 1220 x 1220 2400 x 2100 2400 x 2100 2400 x 2100 2100 x 2100 1800 x 1800 1800 x 1500 1500 x 1200 3300 x 3300 3300 x 3000 3300 x 3000 3000 x 2700 2700 x 2400 2100 x 2100 1800 x 1800 6000 x 2700 6000 x 2400 4800 x 2400 3600 x 2400 3300 x 1800 2100 x 1800 1700 x 1500 1800 x 1500 2100 x 1800 2100 x 1800 2100 x 2100 2100 x 1800 2000 x 1500 2400 x 2400 2700 x 2700 2700 x 2700 2700 x 2700 2700 x 2400 2700 x 2400

1160 890 580 340 160 86 2100 1620 1130 700 360 200 100 4200 3240 2260 1400 720 400 200 3270 2230 1180 660 300 100 1030 930 840 660 470 310 200 3400 2440 1570 1140 840 580 350

irregular rough surface with air grap 0.3 - 0.5 mm max. afm. plaat WLL L x B (mm) (kg) 1700 x 1700 1830 x 1520 1830 x 1520 1520 x 1520 1520 x 1520 1220 x 1220 2100 x 2100 2100 x 2100 2100 x 2100 2100 x 1800 1800 x 1800 1800 x 1500 1500 x 1200 3000 x 2700 3000 x 2700 3000 x 2700 2700 x 2700 2400 x 2400 2100 x 2100 1800 x 1800 4500 x 3000 4500 x 2400 4500 x 2400 3300 x 2400 3300 x 1500 1800 x 1800 1500 x 1500 1800 x 1500 2100 x 1800 2100 x 1800 2100 x 1800 2100 x 1500 1800 x 1500 2400 x 2100 2700 x 2400 2700 x 2400 2700 x 2400 2400 x 2400 2700 x 2400

900 770 500 290 150 80 1750 1350 950 610 330 180 90 3500 2700 1900 1220 660 360 180 2730 1960 1090 610 270 90 930 850 760 590 420 270 150 3200 2320 1420 1050 780 520 320

very rough surface with air grap > 0.5 mm

ask us for advice


PFR-EP 230Vac electro-permanent lifting magnet

125 kg - 1000 kg

C

REMA PFR-EP electro-permanent lifting magnets are suitable for both round and flat workpieces. REMA PFR-EP magnets offer a high level of safety, as the lifting power is supplied by neodymium permanent magnets, even if the contact between magnet and load is poor, these magnets will maintain a high lifting power. Working load is tested on a 50 mm thick ground plate, St37 material. Applications - Loading and unloading machines. - Lifting and moving materials in the warehouse. - Lifting and manipulating workpieces during assembly. - Frequent handling in automated systems. Properties - Provided with a tilting lifting eye. - Magnet power is maintained after power failure. - Maintains a high magnet power on rough and irregular surfaces. - Low energy consumption and low maintenance costs. - Suitable for flat and round materials. - Suitable for automation. - Can be activated by a single current pulse. - Safety factor 3. Depending on surface of material. - Connecting voltage 230VAC. type

ref. no.

PFR-EP 125 PFR-EP 250 PFR-EP 500 PFR-EP 1000

3601021 3601023 3601025 3601027 3601029

OPTION

safe working load (kg) flat material round material 62 125 125 250 250 500 500 1000

dimensions (mm) 210 x 65 270 x 125 370 x 125/167 445 x 125/167

height (mm) 170 350 425 425

current (A) 2,5 4,7 6,7 8,0

weight (kg) 13 40 54 70

PFR-EP remote control

250 kg - 500 kg

PFR-AIR pneumatic lifting magnet

C

PFR-AIR pneumatically switchable permanent lifting magnets C 250 kg - 500 kg REMA PFR-AIR pneumatically switched permanent lifting magnets are suitable for both round and flat workpieces. The magnetic field is activated by means of an integrated pneumatic cylinder. Working load is tested on 50 mm thick ground plate, St37 material. Applications Workshops, warehouses and at processing machines, like cutting, milling, grinding and sawing machines, bending benches and turning lathes, etc. Properties - Provided with lifting eye. - Material is not released if air pressure drops. - Low maintenance costs. - Suitable for flat and round materials. - Safety factor 3. Depending on surface of material. - Nominal air pressure 4 bar. type

safe work load (kg)

ref. no.

flat material PFR-AIR 250 PFR-AIR 500

3601017 3601019

250 500

111

round material

dimensions

height

weight

min/max Ă&#x2DC;60/200

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

125 250

152 x 120 224 x 120

291/371 291/371

25 38


MK compact hand magnets

V

REMA MK hand magnets are essential aids at places where much work is going on with steel plates. Applications - Transferring steel plates stored either horizontally or vertically from a store to the place of processing. - Safe manoeuvring of steel plates on processing machines. - Lifting and transferring steel plate parts to flame cutters.

PK

Properties - GS certification. - Oil and grease have minor effect on magnetic force. - The drag handle is robust, ergonomic and coated with plastic. - The magnet can easily be detached from the workpiece by pressing down the hand grip / lever (with crane magnets). - Magnet is detached from the workpiece by means of a leaf spring without causing any damage to it. - When the magnet has been detached workpieces will not retain magnetism. - PK type is with plastic cover. type

ref. no.

PK-120 MK-120 MK-170 MK-300

3604000 3604001 3604003 3604005

safe working load (kg) 120 120 170 300

pulling force 35 70 100 180

plate thickness (mm) 1-2 1-2 1-4 >2

dimensions base (mm) 160 x 150 140 x 84 140 x 116 160 x 180

weight (kg) 1.4 1.4 1.7 3.5

MK

V

MK-250KS and MK-500KS compact crane magnets

REMA MK-250KS and MK-500KS are designed for vertical and horizontal lifting and transferring of steel plates, during which steel plates can be rotated that is advantageous when they are stored vertically. Both models are suitable for lifting steel plates from 4 mm thickness on. The maximum lifting force is sufficient for lifting steel plates of 20 mm thick. Steel plates 1 m x 2 m can be lifted using only one lifting magnet. For steel plates 1.5 x 3 m two lifting magnets and a traverse beam are necessary. Properties - Tiltable lifting eye. - This model can be applied at places where high safety requirements prevail and/or steel plate surfaces are not 100 % smooth or clean. type

ref. no.

MK-250KS MK-500KS

3604007 3604009

safe working load (kg) 250 300

pulling force (kg) 100 125

plate thickness (mm) 100 125

dimensions base (mm) 290 x 125 290 x 180

weight (kg) 7.5 10.5

I M P O R T A N T

i

- A full lifting force cannot be attained unless surfaces of the steel plates to be lifted (St 37k, 25 mm thick) are machined, smooth and clean. - Do not exceed maximum load capacity! - Safety factor hand magnets is 2. - Safety factor crane magnets is 3. - Do not stay under loads suspended on crane magnets!

112


10 MECHANICAL VACUUM LIFT

PAGE 114

ELECTRIC-/PNEUMATIC VACUUM LIFTERS

PAGE 115-116

VACUUM LIFT FOR GLASS / HAND VACUUM LIFT

PAGE 116

113


400 kg - 1000 kg

VHM mechanical vacuum lifters

C

Application - Horizontal transfer of non-perforated stable and flat plates such as: metal, glass, plastics, stone and plywood. Safety - Vacuum reserve buffer prevents dropping. - Manometer, vacuum control. - Green and red LED for “safe working” clearance. - Acoustic signal, operating on 2 x 9V non-rechargeable batteries, in case of pressure loss. - Manometer, vacuum control. - 3 kg minimum load. Advantages - Mechanical energy supply, no costs. - Easy and quick installation. - Ergonomic control by one operator. - Low maintenance. - TüV-certified. Option - Safety handle for an adequate clearance between man and machine.

Æ B

type

A

Æ C

VHM- 400/1 VHM- 600/2 VHM- 600/3 VHM- 600/4 VHM- 600/6 VHM-1000/4 VHM-1000/6

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

3665001 3665003 3665005 3665007 3665008 3665009 3665011

400 600 600 600 600 1000 1000

dimensions in mm of plates to lift 1000 x 2000 1250 x 2500 1500 x 3000 thickness in mm

D

D

D Æ B

Æ B

Æ C

Æ B

F

F

A

A

E

type VHM- 400/1 VHM- 600/2 VHM- 600/3 VHM- 600/4 VHM- 600/6 VHM-1000/4 VHM-1000/6

A Æ C

Æ C

E

E

57 83 96 110 136 188 228

D Æ B

Æ C A

(kg)

4 3 2 1 2 2

1.5 1 1 1 1 1

5 1 1 1 1 1 1

weight

E

G

G

A min (mm)

A max (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E min (mm)

E max (mm)

F (mm)

G min (mm)

G max (mm)

440 610 620 690 690 800 800

580 750 810 820 880 1010 1010

50 50 50 50 50 60 60

410 410 410 290 280 410 410

1910 1910 1910 1910 1910 1910

860 1250 740 900 950 1250

2210 2210 2140 2080 2210 2210

1480 1480 1200 1200

630 570 850 850

1740 1680 1500 1500

IMPORTANT

i

- When ordering, always supply us with specifications and dimensions (LxWxD) of the sheets and/or work pieces to be lifted.

114


250 kg - 1500 kg

ELEPHANT vacuum lifters

C

Properties - Elephant VLA types are driven by air. - Elephant GLA types are driven by an electric vacuum pump. Applications - Horizontal transferring of smooth, stable and flat metal or plastic plates. Safety - Smart warning system. - Acoustic signal includes rechargeable batteries and battery charger. - Vacuum reserve buffer prevents dropping. - Safety handle for an adequate clearance. - Manometer, vacuum control. - Minimum air pressure for type VLA must be 6-7 Bar. Advantages - Ergonomic handling by one person. - Almost maintenance-free. Options - GLA types are available with battery-driven vacuum pump. - Battery, including loading device. - Manually swivelling and tilting. VLA pneumatic vacuum lifters type

ref. no.

VLA4F - 0.25 VLA4F - 0.5 VLA6F - 0.5 VLA6F - 1.0 VLA8F - 1.0 VLA8F - 1.5

3660013 3660015 3660017 3660019 3660021 3660023

safe working load (kg)

number of pistons

piston dimensions (Ă&#x2020; in mm)

dimensions LxW (mm)

head room

weight

(mm)

(kg)

250 500 500 1000 1000 1500

4 4 6 6 8 8

250 300 250 300 250 300

1750 x 1150 1750 x 1150 2200 x 1200 2200 x 1200 2750 x 1150 2750 x 1150

620 620 620 620 620 620

55 55 90 90 150 150

piston dimensions (Ă&#x2020; in mm)

dimensions LxW (mm)

head room

weight

(mm)

(kg)

1750 x 1150 1750 x 1150 2200 x 1200 2200 x 1200 2750 x 1150 2750 x 1150 2750 x 1150

620 620 620 620 620 620 620

55 55 90 90 150 150 200

GLA electric vacuum lifters 400 V - 50 Hz type

ref. no.

GLA 4F- 0.25 GLA 4F- 0.5 GLA 6F- 0.5 GLA 6F- 1.0 GLA 8F- 1.0 GLA 8F- 1.5 GLA10F-2.0

3660001 3660003 3660005 3660007 3660009 3660011 3660012

safe working load (ton)

number of pistons

250 500 500 1000 1000 1500 2000

4 4 6 6 8 8 10

250 300 250 300 250 300 300

IMPORTANT

i

- When ordering, always supply us with specifications and dimensions (LxWxD) of the sheets and work pieces to be lifted. - Higher load capacities and other specifications are available on request.

115


200 - 800 kg

GP electric vacuum lifters for glass 400V | 50 Hz

C

Properties - Elephant GP types driven by an electric vacuum pump. Applications - GP types are especially developed for horizontal transport of glass plates. - GP...RB types for manual swivelling and tilting. Safety - Vacuum reserve buffer prevents dropping. - Acoustic signal in case of loss of pressure. - Safety handle for an adequate clearance. - Manometer, vacuum control. - Acoustic signal includes rechargeable batteries and battery charger. Advantages - Ergonomic handling by one person. - Almost maintenance-free. Options - GP types are also available with electric rotation and tilting. - GP types are also available in 230Vac and 24Vdc versions. - Prices and specifications on request. GP electric vacuum lifters for glass plates 400V - 50 Hz type

ref. no.

GP-2 RB GP-4 RB GP-6 RB GP-8 RB

3661001 3661003 3661005 3661007

safe working load (kg)

number of pistons

piston dimensions (Ă&#x2020; in mm)

dimensions LxW (mm)

head room

weight

(mm)

(kg)

200 400 600 800

2 4 6 8

300 300 300 300

300 x 750 658 x 867 756 x1100 756 x1340

510 510 750 750

55 55 70 83

IMPORTANT

i

- When ordering, always supply us with specifications and dimensions (LxWxD) of the sheets and work pieces to be lifted. - Higher load capacities and other specifications are available on request.

30 - 120 kg

HVH manually operated vacuum lifters

V

Safe working loads up to 120 kg. Properties - Modern and ergonomic design. - Plastic casing. - For lifting smooth, clean and even plates. type

ref. no.

HVH - 10 HVH - 20 HVH - 30 HVH - 40

3680001 3680003 3680005 3680007

safe working load (kg)

measurements LxB (mm)

number of vacuum cups

diameter vacuĂźm cup (mm)

weight

30 60 90 120

470 x 410 x 460 395 x 340 x 550 490 x 345 x 730 600 x 345 x 540

1 2 3 4

120 120 120 120

0.4 0.7 1.13 1.5

IMPORTANT

i

- At the moment of employment a clear vacuum must be . - Be sure there are no people under the lifted load. Never de lasten over personen heen tillen. - Never de hendel overhalen tijdens vervoer van de last.

116

(kg)


11 PALLET HOOKS

PAGE 118

117


RPHA pallet hooks with automatic balancing

V

Properties - Adjustable loading forks. - Height adjustment. - Minimum load 20-25% of total safe capacity.

h1 h

D

b L

type

ref. no.

RPHA-1 RPHA-2 RPHA-3 RPHA-5

3259010 3259020 3259030 3259050

safe working load (kg) 1000 2000 3000 5000

fork length L (mm) 1000 1000 1000 1000

maximum headroom h1 (mm) 1420-1920 1655-2355 1720-2420 1710-2410

efficient height h (mm) 1100-1600 1300-2000 1300-2000 1300-2000

diameter lifting eye

fork range

(mm) 100 x 80 100 x 80 120 x 100 136 x 120

b (mm) 350 - 900 400 - 900 450 - 900 530 -1000

fork bxd D (mm) 100 x 30 120 x 40 120 x 50 150 x 60

RPHM pallet hooks with manual balancing

weight (kg) 140 220 280 380

V

Properties - Adjustable loading forks. - Height adjustment.

h1 h D

b L

type

ref. no.

RPHM-1 RPHM-2 RPHM-3 RPHM-5

3258010 3258020 3258030 3258050

safe working load (kg) 1000 2000 3000 5000

fork length L (mm) 1000 1000 1000 1000

118

maximum headroom h1 (mm) 1390-1890 1640-2340 1670-2370 1700-2450

efficient height h (mm) 1100-1600 1300-2000 1300-2000 1300-2000

diameter lifting eye

fork range

(mm) 100 x 80 100 x 80 120 x 100 136 x 120

b (mm) 350 - 900 400 - 900 450 - 900 530 -1000

fork bxd D (mm) 100 x 30 120 x 40 120 x 50 150 x 60

weight (kg) 130 200 250 370


12 HAND WINCHES

PAGE 120-122

LOAD SHEAVES

PAGE 123

GEAR- AND WORM GEAR WINCHES

PAGE 124-127

ELECTRIC WORM GEAR WINCHES

PAGE 128-129

BATTERY WINCHES

PAGE 130-133

SNATCH BLOCKS

PAGE 134

119


DL winches

DLB brake winches

Properties - Demountable crank. - Zinc-plated housing with zinc-plated drum. (Model DL-3500 is fitted with a black drum). - Hardened steel gears. - Designs of 408 kg, 499 kg and 635 kg load capacity are fitted with locking pawls acting to the direction of idling. - Designs of 1134 kg and 1589 kg load capacity, respectively, are also fitted with manual brakes.

Z

Properties - Zinc-plated housing with black drum. - Fitted with automatic load pressure brakes. - For extra safety, they are fitted with locking pawls. IMPORTANT For lifting, select another wire rope diameter, taking tensile strength into consideration.

Not suitable for lifting Standard delivery without steel wire rope. type

ref. no.

safe working load

minimum maximum cable load reel diameter capacity

lifting height at one crank rotation

drum diameter

drum width

gear ratio

crank length

crank force

base size

weight without cable

3.2 : 1 3.7 : 1 4.4 : 1

(mm) 178 178 241

(kg) 7 9 8

(cm) 10 x 9 13 x 9 13 x 10

(kg) 2 3 4

DL - 900A DL - 1100A DL - 1402A

2117001 2117003 2117005

(kg) 408 499 635

(kg) -

(m) 10.9 22.2 14.2

(mm) 5 5 6

(mm) 19 18 16

(mm) 16 22 22

(mm) 50 53 50

DL - 2500AB

2117007

1134

-

14.2

8

16

28

60

17.3 : 1 5.4 : 1

241

5

18 x 12

7

DL - 3500B

2117009

1589

-

12.3

9

16

33

70

12.0 : 1 6.0 : 1

241

13

22 x 14

10

DLB- 800AG DLB-1200AG DLB-1500AG DLB-2000AG DLB-2500G

2117011 2117013 2117015 2117016 2117017

360 545 680 905 1135

23 23 34 89 136

23.0 19.7 15.1 8.9 7.4

4 5 6 7 8

36 39 40 30 23

48 64 64 64 79

53 51 62 54 66

4.4 : 1 5.4 : 1 5.4 : 1 17.3 : 1 12.0 : 1

178 238 305 238 244

12 19 18 8 13

13 x 10 13 x 10 14 x 12 18 x 12 26 x 14

3 4 5 7 12

10

16

10

100

DL 1402 18

32

24 10

6

91

24 6

6

17

6

DLB 2000 41.3

41.3 38.1

88.9

27 27 111

10.4 177.8 120.7 82.6

12.7

12.7

4.8

27 27 111.1

83 38

17

141

44.5

12.7

3.4

10 x 48

86

DLB 2500

34.9

139.7 111

10

213

55.6

31.8

101.6 127

6.4

10

17 44

178

55.6 31.8

27

35

10

DLB 1500

46

27 27 92.1

124

27

128

DLB 800/1200

12.7

17 27

27

128

98.4

DL 3500 10

38

10 x 27

99

27

10

121

17

10

27

24

91

24

DL 2500B 13 27

32

6

6

6

100

27 16.7 54 16.7 129.4

DL 1100

73

10.4

DL 900 16

257.2

16.7 6.35

Cable set according to DIN 3060 with thimble and hook. type

ref. no.

pulling force (N/mm²)

mininum breaking force (kN)

pulling

lifting

(kg)

(kg)

4 mm x 20 m 5 mm x 15 m 6 mm x 15 m 7 mm x 10 m 8 mm x 8 m

2221004 2221005 2221006 2221007 2221008

1770 1770 1770 1770 1770

9.4 14.7 21.2 30.9 37.6

376 588 848 1236 1504

188 294 424 680 752

Sling belt set according to DIN 3060 with hook and loop. dimensions

ref. no.

50 mm x 4.5 m 50 mm x 7.5 m

2222001 2222003

for winch type without brake DL900 / DL2500 DL1100 / DL2500

with brake DLB800 / DLB2000 DLB1200 / DLB2000

Not suitable for lifting

NIET GESCHIKT OM TE HIJSEN ÂŽ

120


TWZ and TWR manual winches

Z

The compact REMA TWZ and TWR winches are self locking; they are manufactured out of pressed steel plate to ensure durable strength. These winches are utilized in many areas such as: food industry, maritime sector, poultry breeding, trailer manufacturing etc. Available in Galvanized or stainless steel excluded wire rope. TWZ : Galvanized steel. TWR: Stainless steel. Properties - Automatic load pressure brake that can hold loads at any desired height. - Double locking pawl system for extra safety (820 and 1200 kg). - Drive and brake in an enclosed housing. - Demountable crank. - Simple wire rope equipment. Standard delivery without steel wire rope.

Options - Steel wire ropes and hooks fitted with safety 268

TWZ-800

IMPORTANT For lifting, select another wire rope diameter, taking tensile strength into consideration. 275

TWZ-1200 | TWR-1200

100

110

50

50

27

27

9 12

9 385

41

385

12

41

210

210 Æ 40

160

Æ 48

160

40

40 85

85

4-Æ 10

4-Æ 10 138

138 138

138

89

190

TWZ-1800 | TWR-1800

270

100

89

190

TWZ-2600 | TWR-2600

100

295

60 29 25

70

63

20

240

Æ 10

320 108 70

Æ 10

200

194

320 Æ 60

77 127

87 67

120 29

194

type

ref. no.

TWZ- 800 TWZ-1200 TWZ-1800 TWZ-2600

2111001 2111003 2111005 2111007

safe working load (kg) 370 550 820 1200

TWR-1200 TWR-1800 TWR-2600

2112003 2112005 2112007

550 820 1200

43

94 119

120

45

240

108

245

minimum load

10 15 20

(kg) 10 10 15 20

maximumcable reel diameter capacity (m) (mm) 36 4 23 5 7 20 18 8 23 20 18

5 7 8

Æ 75

210

127

295

lifting height at 1 crank rotation (mm) 34 42 49 28

drum diameter

gear ratio

crank length

crank force

base size

(mm) 40 48 60 75

4.1 : 1 4.1 : 1 5.0 : 1 10.0 : 1

(mm) 210 210 320 320

(kg) 14.5 15.0 22.0 19.0

(mm) 138 x 89 138 x 89 194 x 108 240 x 127

weight without cable (kg) 3.0 3.3 8.0 10.3

42 49 28

48 60 75

4.1 : 1 5.0 : 1 10.0 : 1

210 320 320

15.0 22.0 19.0

138 x 89 194 x 108 240 x 127

3.3 8.0 10.3

121


ZHV & ZHR self locking manual winches

V

Light weight manual winches in stainless steel or zinc-plated designs. Safe working load 350 kg - 650 kg and 1350 kg. Winches are fitted with an automatic load pressure brake.

ZHV / ZHR-1350

Available in stainless steel or zinc-plated designs excluding wire rope. TWZ : zinc-plated design TWR : RVS design AISI 304

ZHV / ZHR-650

Properties - Automatic load pressure brake that can hold loads at any desired height. - Corrosion durably, all parts sink or RVS. - According to DIN 15020. - Easy mounting to e.g. a console.

ZHV / ZHR-350

Standard delivery - Standard delivery without steel wire rope. Options - Steel wire rope according to DIN 3060 (page 120). type

ref. no.

safe working load 1st layer (kg)

minimum load

cable diameter

ZHV- 350 ZHV- 650 ZHV-1350 ZHR- 350 ZHR- 650 ZHR-1350

reel capacity 1st layer

(mm)

maximum reel capacity (m)

(kg)

2401001 2401003 2401005

350 650 1350

50 50 50

2402001 2402003 2402005

350 650 1350

50 50 50

crank force

(m)

lifting height at 1 crank rotation (m)

4 6 7

20 20 26

4 6 7

20 20 26

1.8 1.8 1.0

125 55 45

25 22 24

4.8 7.3 12.1

1.8 1.8 1.0

125 55 45

25 22 24

4.8 7.3 12.1

ZHV / ZHR-350 type

weight without cable (kg)

(kg)

ZHV / ZHR-650/1350

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

F (mm)

G (mm)

H (mm)

K (mm)

L (mm)

M (mm)

N (mm)

O (mm)

P (mm)

Q (mm)

R (mm)

S (mm)

ZHV- 350 ZHV- 650 ZHV-1350

290 232 273

189 192 266

111 170 240

80.0 63.5 63.5

63 183 255

75 100 78

320 58 75

11 100 138

192 192 192

25 25 35

38 38 30

53

250 250 320

293 293 293

80 50 50

111 95 95

63 55 55

ZHR- 350 ZHR- 650 ZHR-1350

290 232 273

189 192 266

111 170 240

80.0 63.5 63.5

63 183 255

75 100 78

320 58 75

11 100 138

189 190 226

25 35

75 38 30

53

320 200 320

290 291 303

80 50 50

111 95 95

63 55 55

Standard delivery without steel wire rope.

122


RZ sheaves, unsupported

H

Properties - Suitable both for manual and mechanical drive. - Maintenance-free design. - Cast steel. - Self-lubricating bearings. e type

ref. no.

maximum load manual operation (kg)

Æ a Æ c

RZ-0.5 RZ-1.0 Æ d Æ b RZ-2.0 RZ-3.0 RZ-5.0

3063001 3063003 3063005 3063007 3063009

500 1000 2000 3000 5000

cable mechanical diameter operation (kg) (mm) 5- 6 250 8 - 10 500 12 - 14 1000 16 - 18 1500 20 - 22 2500

dimensions in mm

weight

a

b

c

d

e

f

150 235 325 400 475

125 200 280 340 410

46 78 108 110 115

22 40 60 70 75

22 32 41 51 55

40 50 70 87 92

(kg) 1.46 4.50 10.80 20.50 25.50

f

RBZ sheaves, supported

H

Properties - Suitable both for manual and mechanical drive. - Maintenance-free design. - Sheave dimensions according to RZ-0.5 to RZ-5.0. - Steel stand. - A cable guide is provided on the support. - Self-lubricating bearings. a

Æ b

h Æ i

type

e

f

c

d

ref. no.

maximum load manual mechanical operation operation (kg) (kg)

RBZ-0.5 RBZ-1.0 RBZ-2.0 RBZ-3.0 RBZ-5.0

3064001 3064003 3064005 3064007 3064009

500 1000 2000 3000 5000

250 500 1000 1500 2500

123

dimensions in mm

cable diameter (mm) 5- 6 8-10 12-14 16-18 20-22

a

b

c

150 235 325 400 475

125 200 280 340 410

82 108 143 188 238

d

e

f

115 55 88 187 70 150 260 95 212 330 130 242 400 178 340

weight g

h

i

15 20 25 30 30

92 138 190 236 275

11.5 18.0 23.0 28.0 31.0

(kg) 3.06 10.00 24.30 40.50 50.80


TL gear-type winches

H

Properties - Complies with DIN 15020. - Load pressure brake. - Adjustable crank length; backwind-free. - The drums and the shaft supported by needle bearings. - Paint finish and enamel varnish are standard. Specific design - Zinc-plated design.

type

lifting capacity

ref. no.

1. layer

TL-0.125 TL-0.3 TL-0.5 TL-1.0 TL-2.0

G

A

H

G

K

(kg) 125 300 500 1000 2000

2015007 2015009 2015011 2015013 2015015

cable max.

last layer (kg) 55 120 323 684 1712

H

K

(m) 52 25 14 28 7

A D

lifting height Æ at 1 rotation cable of crank in compl. with on 1. layer DIN 15020/1 (mm) (mm) 120 3 21 5 30 6 21 9 16 13

G

crank force 1. layer

weight without cable

(kg) 11 7 13 15 24

(kg) 7 10 11 28 32

A D

H K

N N

N Æ J

Æ J Æ L

M

Æ L Æ J

B C

Æ L

M C B

C B

P S P P

S

O

S

O

TL-125 type

TL-0.125 TL-0.3 TL-0.5 TL-1.0 TL-2.0

O

TL-300 / TL-500

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

G (mm)

H (mm)

J (mm)

70 200 200 230 230

305 300 300 340 340

270 268 268 280 280

168 168 180 180

40 15 15 27 27

85 60 60 126 126

38 50 70 102 121

Standard delivery without steel wire rope.

124

TL-1000 / TL-2000

K (mm) 14 12 12 17 17

L (mm)

M (mm)

N (mm)

O (mm)

P (mm)

S (mm)

140 140 140 212 212

198 198 266 288

153 108 108 118 118

325 263 263 425 425

250 250 250 250 250

128 128 128 128 128


RGL gear winch with freewheel system

H

Properties - Construction according to DIN 15020. - Braked design with double pawl system. - Crank gradually adjustable in length. - Drum and shafts provided with bearings. - Freewheel, through protected pawl system. - Powdercoating RAL 2004. Options - Steel cable upon request.

type

ref. no.

RGL-150 RGL-300 RGL-500

2017001 2017003 2017005

crank length

cable storage

(kg)

(mm)

(m)

(mm)

150 300 500

250/100 250/100 250/100

22 30 30

4 5 6

capacity 1st layer

Æ transmission cable

2.84:1 6.67:1 7.75:1

weight without cable (kg) 9.2 16.5 18.5

standard delivery without cable

ØL

C

G

E

M

U

N

V

A

S

T

F

H

R

ØP

B

D

K

Q

J

ØL

type

RGL-150 RGL-300 RGL-500

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

F (mm)

G (mm)

H (mm)

J (mm)

K (mm)

L (mm)

M (mm)

N (mm)

P (mm)

Q (mm)

R (mm)

S (mm)

T (mm)

U (mm)

V (mm)

180 225 242

324 379 380

150 195 200

150 200 200

154 200 200

102 154 154

13.0 12.5 21.0

18 28 28

114 144 144

7x9 7x13 7x13

70.0 96.0 102.7

66.4 77.5 83.0

55 74 74

77.3 107.0 107.0

18.0 24.5 24.5

132 184 184

177 232 251

18.0 22.5 22.0

24.0 20.5 29.0

125


WW worm gear winches

H

Properties - Complies with DIN 15020. - Load pressure brake. - Adjustable crank length; backwind-free. - Drums and axes run on needle bearings. - Types above load capacity of 2.000 kg have two speeds, that can be shifted by changing the crank over. - Paint finish and enamel varnish are standard. Specific design - Zinc-plated design. - Partition for enabling a double wire rope runs. - Foldable crank handle. - Narrow drum. type

lifting force

ref. no.

1. layer

WW-250 WW-500 WW-1000 WW-1500 WW-2000 WW-3000 WW-4000 WW-5000

2016001 2016003 2016005 2016007 2016009 2016011 2016012 2016013

(kg)

last layer (kg)

250 500 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000

95 239 542 845 1129 1861 2390 3165

cable max. (m) 67 67 58 50 46 42 52 40

diameter lifting height cable at 1 rotation in compl. with of crank DIN 15020/1 on 1. layer (mm) (mm) 17 5 20 6 13 9 13 10 12 / 6 13 11 / 6 16 11 / 4 16 12 / 4 20

crank force 1. layer

weight without cable

(kg) 3.5 9.0 15.5 19.0 22 / 12 27 / 14 35 / 13 58 / 17

(kg) 13 16 26 28 60 78 80 115

Standard delivery without steel wire rope.

Æ L Æ J

L

H

P

H

A

A P G

J G S

R B

4x

C

) 4x K( Æ

B

K Æ

R

C

Z

S

Z D

M O

WW-250 - WW-1500

WW-2000 - WW-5000

type

a (mm)

b (mm)

c (mm)

d (mm)

g (mm)

h (mm)

j (mm)

k (mm)

l (mm)

n (mm)

o (mm)

p (mm)

r (mm)

s (mm)

WW-250 WW-500 WW-1000 WW-1500 WW-2000 WW-3000 WW-4000 WW-5000

293 313 348 378 410 436 436 436

140 164 201 238 310 365 365 425

82 106 141 178 196 251 251 316

261 281 316 346 360 386 386 386

123 125 127 127 137 137 137 137

107 129 160 185 176 204 204 200

48 70 102 102 133 165 165 219

17 17 17 17 25 25 25 25

160 190 240 240 312 376 376 437

88 96 140 142 45 47 47 38

410 440 490 490 724 784 784 836

350 350 350 350 380 380 380 380

170 190 260 263 421 523 523 599

140 140 140 140 220 220 220 220

126


RWL worm gear winch with freewheel system

H

Properties - Construction according to DIN 15020. - Braked design - Crank gradually adjustable in length. - Drum and shafts provided with bearings. - Freewheel, through protected pawl system. - Powdercoating RAL2004. Options - Steel cable upon request.

type

ref. no.

RWL-250 RWL-500 RWL-1000

2018001 2018003 2018005

Ă&#x2020; transcable mission

crank length

cable storage

(kg)

(mm)

(m)

(mm)

250 500 1000

250/100 250/100 350/100

20 30 35

5 6 9

capacity 1st layer

weight without cable (kg) 11 17 43

15:1 24:1 26:1

standard delivery without cable

type

RWL-250 RWL-500 RWL-1000

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

F (mm)

G (mm)

H (mm)

J (mm)

K (mm)

LĂ&#x2DC; (mm)

M (mm)

N (mm)

P (mm)

Q (mm)

R (mm)

167 195 295

332 360 490

150 188 300

202 260 300

137 182 167

100 130 167

26 32 32

13 18 21

118 142 250

11 13 17

89.0 111.5 180.5

80 93 136

60 70 102

99 144 158

24.5 29.0 33.0

127


EHL electric hoisting winches

V

Electric hoisting winches are constructed to meet the requirements for machines listed in class of use K3 in NEN 3508 that is an applicable standard for European norms. In some European countries, application of overload limiters and/or limit switches is compulsory. Maritime design on special order. Winch properties - Lifting force range: 200 kg to 1700 kg. - Drums run on bearings at both sides (from model EHL 580). - Steel base plate (from model EHL 580). - Grooved drums (from model EHL 580). - Larger drum diameters. - Maximum number of wire rope levels on drums: 3. Brake motor properties - Operating voltage: 400 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz. - Class of insulation: F. - Electric protection class motors: IP56. - Electric protection class brakes: IP55.

Standard supply: in orange finish (RAL 2004) excluding control cable and steel wire rope. From 1000 kg provision with overload limiter is compulsory. type

ref. no.

EHL- 200 EHL- 450 EHL- 580 EHL- 800 EHL-1050 EHL-1325 EHL-1700

2300027 2300029 2300031 2300033 2300035 2300037 2300039

safe working load 3rd layer (kg)

cable diameter (mm)

speed 1st layer (m/min)

drum capacity 1st layer (m)

drum capacity 3rd layer (m)

200 450 580 800 1050 1325 1700

5 6 7 8 10 11 12

5.8 7.0 5.7 6.5 7.9 9.3 9.7

3.5 3.5 8.0 8.0 10.0 13.5 15.5

12 12 25 25 35 45 50

O p t i o n s

remote control

spindle limit switch

f o r

s e r i e s

control cabinet IP54

All models are available with the following options: - Various speeds and drum diameters. - Stepless speed control with frequency converter even for lifting winches. - Split drum. - Spindle band brake on drums. - Hydraulic or pneumatic motor drive. - 220 V up to max. 750 kg. - Special coating or colour complying with RAL. - Wire rope loosening contact. - Second axle end with crank for manual operation. - Preheating during idling. - Drums with patented Lebus grooves.

128

E W L

a n d

motor output S2 use (kW) 0.55 1.1 1.1 1.5 3.0 4.0 5.5

weight without cable (kg) 24 40 95 98 150 209 315

E H L

grooved drum (standard for series EHL, except EHL-200/450)

idle clutch (excl. series EHL)


EWL electric worm gear winches

V

Price/quality ratio of series EWL electric self locking worm gear winches is very fair; they are available in designs complying with various classifications and norms. Maritime design on special order. Winch properties - Pulling force: 250 kg to 2800 kg. - Lifting force: 200 kg to 2200 kg (in combination with brake motor). - Drums run on bearings at both sides (from model EWL 1000). - Steel base plate (from model EWL 1000). Brake motor properties - Operating voltage: 400 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz. - Insulation class: F. - Electric protection class motor IP56. - Electric protection class brake Ip54. Standard supply in orange finish (RAL 2004) excluding control cable and wire rope. From 1000 kg provision with overload limiter is compulsory. type

ref. no. without brake

ref. no. brake motor

pulling force 1st layer (kg)

EWL- 250 EWL- 500 EWL- 750 EWL-1000 EWL-1250 EWL-1750 EWL-2250 EWL-2800

2300001 2300003 2300005 2300007 2300009 2300011 2300013 2300015

2300017 2300019 2300019 2300021 2300021 2300023 2300023 2300025

pulling force 3rd layer (kg)

recommended cable diameter (mm)

speed 1st layer (m/min)

200 400 600 770 965 1340 1725 2115

6 6 6 8 8 10 12 14

8.4 8.4 5.8 6.0 6.0 5.8 7.0 7.8

250 500 750 1000 1250 1750 2250 2800

drum capacity 1st layer 5th layer (m) (m)

weight without cable (kg)

0.55 1.1 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.5

21 36 36 90 93 136 192 302

20 20 20 40 40 53 65 75

3.3 3.3 3.3 6.1 6.1 8.2 10.0 11.6

EWL-250/750 EHL-200/450

motor output S2 use (kW)

CHECKLIST please use before requesting a quotation Intended use. Pulling force/mounting position. How many layers does operational length consist of? Speed / should it be adjustable? Electric power at disposal: voltage and amperage. Pneumatics: - Air volume and pressure. Hydraulics: - Oil volume and pressure.

EWL-1000 to EWL-2800

Brake force.

EHL-580 to EHL-1700

Clutch is required or allowable? Maximum mass or mounting dimensions. Design, dust and water protection. Certification norms. Control demands / operation. Direction of wire rope unwinding. Should drum be grooved? Press-on cylinder? Mounting position?

type

EWL- 250 / EHL- 200 EWL- 500 / EHL- 450 EWL- 750 EWL-1000 / EHL- 580 EWL-1250 / EHL- 800 EWL-1750 / EHL-1050 EWL-2250 / EHL-1325 EWL-2800 / EHL-1700

A B E F G H H1 L L1 L2 Æ d Æ D Æ D Æ D1 EWL EHL (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 6 6 6 8 8 10 12 14

100 100 100 100 100 121 146 159

100 121 121 139 168 195 205

190 190 190 250 250 280 320 370

540 540 640 710 850

158 193 193 325 325 370 410 440

120 140 140 275 275 320 360 380

116 140 140 260 260 290 300 370

240 240 310 370 430

With series EHL, sizes Y and Z are different from the ones specified in the table.

129

115 135 135 182 182 215 245 285

290 344 344 422 422 491 541 630

60 60 60 150 150 200 250 300

100 116 116 283 283 319 374 460

89 108 108 138 138 156 170 210

L3

N

T

Y Æ V

(mm) (mm) (mm)

(mm)

140 168 168 20 20 20 20 25

11 13 13 13 13 17 17 20

87 95 95 140 140 162 175 183

10 10 15 15 20

Æ Z

(mm) (mm) 206 228 228 262 282 307 307 324

130 146 146 158 158 190 190 216


Pulling winches for 12 V and 24 V

V

X1-24VDC - Rotatable switch is mounted on the winch. - Motor can be reversed. - Fusible cut-out against overload. - Many assembly options. - Steel cable included. - 24 VDC / 100A full load. - Planetary transmission.

LT-2000-12VDC - Control switch on the winch. - Freewheel button included (press/rotate). - Low Amperage, permanent magnet motor. - Remote control with 2 m cable included. - Thermal protection against electric overload included. - Steel cable included. -12 VDC - 70A full load 1st layer. - Planetary transmission.

S-3000 / S-4000 / S-5000 12/24VDC - Automatic, activating brake. - Hand controlled freewheel. - Remote control (9 mtr). - Fusible cut-out against overload. - Cable guide and cable spanner. - Steel cable included. Performance 12 Volt DC (1st layer) (24 Volt DC). -S3000 - 1.360 kg - 220A (110A) at full load. -S4000 - 1.820 kg - 310A (155A) at full load. -S5000 - 2.270 kg - 350A (175A) at full load. - Planetary transmission.

IMPORTANT

THESE WINCHES ARE NOT INTENDED FOR LIFTING!

130

i


Pulling winches for 12 V and 24 V type

X1 LT2000 S3000 S4000 S5000

ref. no.

ref. no.

12V

24V

2380002 2380021 2380023 2380025

2381003 2381023 2381025 2381027

V maximum pulling force on drum (kg) 907 907 1360 1820 2270

motor 12V (kW) 0.37 1.0 1.3 1.6

24V (kW) 0.96 1.0 1.3 1.6

Accessories

Accessories series T, -GP and -S Cordless radio frequency remote control 12 V - 24 V. Vinyl protective cover for series GP and -S.serial Trailer cable set with plugs for series LT, -GP and -S. Remote control 24 V for X-1 with 4,5 mtr cable. Plug + swing socket, 16 mm² cable X-1 to S-4000. Wire rope guide with 4 rollers Pulley-block with fixed hook 2700 kg. Pulley-block with fixed hook 5000 kg.

131

weight

dimensions (b x d x h)

(kg) 7.3 6 17 18 19.1

(mm) 325 x 136 x 159 316 x 100 x 104 383 x 183 x 152 383 x 183 x 152 383 x 183 x 152

cable drum (L x Æ ) (Æ x L) (m x mm) 7.6 x 15.2 x 18.2 x 18.2 x 15.2 x

4.7 4.0 4.8 5.5 6.4

(mm) 32 x 74 41 x 76 41 x 76 41 x 76


Treklieren 12 and 24 Volt DC

V

GP-2300 / GP-3000 12VDC - Electric remote control with 4.5 m cable. - Automatic brake. - Freewheel. - Waterproof relay. - Cable guide included. - Steel cable + hook included. Performance 12 VDC (1st layer) - GP 2300 - 1.040 kg - 140A. - GP 3000 - 1.360 kg - 180A. - Planetary transmission. Husky 8 / 10 12/24VDC - Removable relay box. - Electric remote control + 4.5 m cable. - Hand controlled freewheel. - Forged steel drum. - Mounting plate and cable guide. - Self-locking through worm-worm wheel. - Steel cable included. Performance 12 VDC (1st layer) (24 VDC) - Husky 8 - 3.860 kg - 405A (205A) at full load. - Husky 10 - 4.536 kg - 450A (225A) at full load. - Transmission worm-worm wheel.

EP-6(i) / EP-9(i) / EP-12,5 / EP-16,5 12/24VDC

Type EP

- Durable integrated remote control with 4.5 m cable. - Waterproof relay. - Automatic full load brake. - Freewheel. - Steel cable + hook included (with exception of EP12.5/16.5, cable excluded). - Heavy cable guide. - Mounting plate. - Battery cables. Performance 12 VDC (1st layer) (24 VDC). - EP6/EP6(i) - 2.722 kg - 440A (264A). - EP9/EP9(i) - 4.080 kg - 340A (210A). - EP12.5 - 5.670 kg - 350A (310A). - EP16.5 - 7.484 kg - 385A (330A). - Planetary 3-stage transmission.

Type EPi

- Cable guide is not mounted directly on the winch ! - The cable guide must be mounted on the mounting plate !

IMPORTANT

These

132

winches

are

not

suitable

for

lifting!

i


Pulling winches for 12 V and 24 V type

GP2300 GP3000 Husky 8 Husky10 EP-6 EP-6(i) EP-9 EP-9(i) EP-12,5* EP-16,5*

ref. no.

ref. no.

12V

24V

2380029 2380031 2380015 2380017 2380033 2380035 2380037 2380039 2380041 2380043

2381015 2381017 2381033 2381035 2381037 2381039 2381041 2381043

V maximum pulling force on drum (kg) 1040 1360 3856 4540 2720 2720 4080 4080 5440 6800

motor 12V (kW) 0.5 0.8 1.6 1.6 2.7 2.7 4.6 4.6 4.2 4.2

24V (kW) 1.6 1.6 2.7 2.7 4.6 4.6 4.2 4.2

weight

dimensions (b x d x h)

(kg) 7 7 51 51 47 47 49 49 66* 66*

(mm) 323 x 152 x 121 323 x 152 x 121 627 x 248 x 226 627 x 248 x 226 568 x 159 x 250 568 x 159 x 250 593 x 159 x 250 593 x 159 x 250 674 x 229 x 285 674 x 229 x 285

cable drum (L x Æ ) (Æ x L) (m x mm) 18.2 x 4.0 15.2 x 4.8 23.0 x 8.0 25.0 x 9.0 30.0 x 8.0 30.0 x 8.0 30.0 x 9.0 30.0 x 9.0 25.0 x10.0 25.0 x12.0

(mm) 32 x 74 32 x 74 76 x 229 76 x 229 64 x 228 64 x 228 64 x 228 64 x 228 90 x 205 90 x 205

* exclusive wire rope

Accessories

Accessories Cordless radio frequency remote control 12 V - 24 V. Vinyl protective cover for series GP and -S. Trailer cable set with plugs for series T, -GP and -S. Pulley-block with fixed hook 2700 kg. Pulley-block with fixed hook 5000 kg. Plug + swing socket, 35 mm2 cable for 350A design Vinyl protective cover Husky. Press-on cylinder for Husky. Pulley- / snatch block for Husky 10.000 kg.

CP lifting / puling winch 230VAC

V - Capacity 300 kg - lifting. - Control cable + pushbutton cabinet with emergency stop IP65 included. - Electronic magnet brake. - Design with bearing. - Steel cable + hook included. - Mounting holes in foot 142 x 142, 4 holes of 10.5 mm. - Planetary transmission. Technical specifications: - Motor IP44, 4 poles - 1.15 kW. - 230 VAC, 1 Phase.

type

ref. no.

CP-300

2382007

capacity lifting (kg) 300

maximum pulling force horizontal (kg) 2.250

lifting speed 1st layer

weight incl.cable

dimensions (c x d x e)

(m/min) 10

(kg) 38

(mm) 241 x 210 x 576

133

cable cable drum (L x Æ ) (Æ x L) (m x mm)

(mm)

30 x 6.0

94 x 110


SKW steel wire rope - snatch block with swivel hook

H

Safe working load from 1000 to 6400 kg. These steel wire rope snatch blocks are manufactured according to European standard EN 13157; 2003 and comply with machine directive 98/37/EG. Properties - Equipped with swivel hook. - Steel housing. - Side opening link permits quick, easy insertion of rope or cable without threading. - Sheave is made of high-quality steel with a groove.

type

ref. no.

B2 L2

SKW-10 SKW-20 SKW-32 SKW-64

H L1 L

R

B

safe working load (kg)

hook opening H (mm)

cable diameter

1000 2000 3200 6400

23 27 31 42

7 13 15 18

3060001 3060003 3060005 3060007

(mm)

dimensions in mm

weight

B

B1

B2

L

L1

L2

D1

D2

R

118 199 230 270

76 92 108 116

17 24 28 35

305 425 496 655

200 263 295 375

23 30 40 47

85 150 180 210

105 190 220 260

4 7 9 10

(kg) 3.3 8.9 15.5 26.5

Æ D1 Æ D2

B1

KBH steel wire rope snatch block with hook suspension

H

Veilige werklast van 500 t/m 2.000 kg.

Type KBH1

Type KBH1 side opening - hook suspension - single sheave Type KBH2 side opening - hook suspension - double sheave - with fixed eye suspension

Type KBH2

type

ref. no.

KBH1-05 KBH1-10 KBH1-15 KBH1-20 KBH2-05 KBH2-10 KBH2-15 KBH2-20

safe working load (kg)

diameter sheave

3061001 3061003 3061005 3061007

500 1000 1500 2000

3062001 3062003 3062005 3062007

500 1000 1500 2000

134

head room block

width block

thickness block

weight

(mm)

maximum cable diameter (mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

75 100 125 150

8 10 13 16

268 312 370 443

87 112 140 168

50 56 64 101

1.5 2.6 4.8 7.4

75 100 125 150

8 10 13 16

268 312 370 443

87 112 140 168

77 88 100 146

2.8 4.3 7.8 12.2


13 STEEL JACKS

PAGE 136-137

SLUICE WINDING JACKS

PAGE 136

REMA-ALL

PAGE 137

HYDRAULIK JACKS

PAGE 138-139

HYDRAULIK MACHINE JACK

PAGE 139-140

135


VHS and KBH steel lifting jacks

H

Properties - in compliance with DIN 7355. - Series KHB has a low constructional height. - Safety crank with foldable handle. - Also available with ratchet-type crank. type

ref. no.

10/12

safe working load (kg)

height of jack body (mm)

lifting height (mm)

height of claw in lowest position (mm)

weight (kg)

VHS- 1.5 VHS- 3.0 VHS- 5.0 VHS-10.0

1901031 1901033 1901035 1901040

1.500 3.000 5.000 10.000

725 725 725 800

350 350 300 300

70 75 70 90

12 20 25 40

KBH- 1.5 KBH- 3.0 KBH- 5.0 KBH-10.0

1902031 1902033 1902035 1902040

1.500 3.000 5.000 10.000

570 570 600 650

300 300 300 300

70 75 70 80

11 18 22 38

Ratchet crank

4449001

311 and 312 sluice-winding jacks

H

Properties - Series 311 is supplied with rear plate. - Series 312 is supplied with foot plate. - Safety crank with foldable handle. type

ref. no.

10/12

safe working load (kg)

toothed bar height (mm)

lifting height (mm)

centre to centre mounting plates (mm)

weight (kg)

311- 1.5 311- 3.0 311- 5.0

2218001 2218003 2218005

1.500 3.000 5.000

1150 1260 1280

800 800 800

130 x 160 165 x 220 180 x 250

12 20 25

312- 1.5 312- 3.0 312- 5.0

2219001 2219003 2219005

1.500 3.000 5.000

1150 1260 1280

800 800 800

130 x 70 130 x 80 200 x 100

12 20 25

Other steel jacks are available on request

Adjustable steel lifting jacks | Ratchet-type jacks | Cable drum jacks | Rail jacks | Log jacks | Rack-and-pinion jacks

136


H

DMK steel lifting jacks Properties - Manufactured in ompliance with DIN 7355. - Low forces thanks to the optimum transmission ratios. - Robust construction with large-size, stable foot plate. - Safety crank with foldable handle. - Type DMK - standard model. - Type DMKK - short model. - Type DMKV - in 6 positions adjustable claw. - claw division: 3 / 10 / 15 t : 97 mm. 5 t : 106 mm. - Type DMKR - with ratchet crank 1.5 / 3.0 / 5.0 t. Option - Ratchet crank forf DMK/DMKK - 10.0 t

DMKV

type

ref. no.

DMK - 1.5 DMK - 3.0 DMK - 5.0 DMK - 10.0 DMKK - 1.5 DMKK - 3.0 DMKK - 5.0 DMKK -10.0 DMKV - 3.0 DMKV - 5.0 DMKV -10.0 DMKR - 1.5 DMKR - 3.0 DMKR - 5.0

1950015 1950030 1950050 1950100 1951015 1951030 1951050 1951100 1952030 1952050 1952100 1950016 1950031 1950051

Ratchet crank

4449000

safe working load (kg)

height of jack body (mm)

lifting height

725 725 725 800 570 570 600 650 720 720 790 725 725 725

1.500 3.000 5.000 10.000 1.500 3.000 5.000 10.000 3.000 5.000 10.000 1.500 3.000 5.000

weight

(mm)

height of claw in lowest position (mm)

350 350 300 300 300 300 300 300 350 300 300 350 350 300

70 75 70 90 70 75 70 80 69 64 85 70 75 70

12 20 24 42 11 18 22 38 25 30 48 15 23 27

(kg)

in compliance with ASME / ANSI SAFETY STANDARD

Rema-All

H

Properties - A patented overload limiter excludes misoperation, the “safety link” hinders continuing lifting while the jack takes hold of load. - Long life due to cast parts and easy operation. - Extra large foot plate for stability. Applications - Off-road, agriculture, fire fighting, industry, building industry etc. type

Rema-All

ref. no.

lifting height

0310048

i

IMPORTANT load capacity lifting height (kg) (mm) 3500 300 2700 600 1800 900 1000 1200

137

maximum lifting height (mm)

weight

(kg)

minimum lifting height (mm)

3500

120

1200

14

(kg)


Weber A and AT hydraulic jacks

Z

Properties - Complies with DIN 76024 and VBG 8. - Model A is equipped with spindle piston to adjust minimum height to the given conditions. - Series AT is equipped with twin telescopic pistons to attain high jacking-up levels. - Relief valve for overload prevention. - For masses above 10 kg a carrying handle is supplied as standard accessory. - Circular base plate to decrease lateral pressure. - Ambient temperature -20째 to +70째C. - Not suitable for prolonged loading. - Not suitable for using horizontal. type

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

min. height A (mm)

hydraulic lift range B (mm)

spindlelength C (mm)

maximum height D=A+B+C (mm)

weight

A - 2.0 A - 3.5 A - 5.0 AX - 8.0* A - 10.0* A - 12.0* AX - 15.0* A - 20.0* AH - 25.0* A - 30.0* A - 50.0 AX -100.0

2705001 2705003 2705005 2705007 2705009 2705011 2705013 2705015 2705017 2705019 2705021 2705023

2.000 3.500 5.000 8.000 10.000 12.000 15.000 20.000 25.000 30.000 50.000 100.000

170 170 212 220 220 230 230 240 240 240 250 300

115 115 150 150 150 157 155 155 157 142 155 155

92 92 100 110 110 110 110 110 118 100 -

377 377 462 480 480 497 495 505 515 482 405 455

2.9 2.9 3.9 5.7 5.7 7.1 8.3 10.7 13.1 14.5 35.0 70.0

ATDX - 3.0* AT - 5.0* ATG - 10.0* ATPX - 12.0*

2707001 2707003 2707007 2707009

3.000 5.000 10.000 12.000

185 215 200 230

215 305 262 255

68 85

400 520 530 570

4.2 6.3 8.0 11.0

(kg)

Weber ATD 10-120 extreme low jack

Z

Properties - Circular base plate to decrease lateral pressure. - Relief valve for overload prevention. - Ambient temperature -20째 to +70째C. - Complies with DIN 76024 and VBG 8. type

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

minimum construction height (mm)

hydraulic lift range

ATD 10-120

2707008

10.000

120

138

maximum total height (mm)

weight

(mm)

extra extension piece (mm)

110

45

275

6.9

(kg)


Z

HV jacks

These robust REMA hydraulic jacks are designed for load capacities ranging from 2 to 50 tons. Properties - The desired height can easily be adjusted by means of a spindle. - Relief valve for overload prevention. - Can be used exclusively in upright position, in the temperature range -5째C to 45째C. - Do not use in aggressive environment (bases, acids etc.) - Not suitable for prolonged loading. - Not suitable for using horizontal.

type

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

minimum height (mm)

maximum height

range

spindle length

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

HV - 2.0 HV - 4.0 HV - 6.0 HV - 8.0 HV - 10.0 HV - 12.0 HV - 16.0 HV - 20.0 HV - 32.0 HV - 50.0

2750016 2750032 2750050 2750080 2750100 2750125 2750160 2750200 2750300 2750500

2.000 4.000 6.000 8.000 10.000 12.000 16.000 20.000 32.000 50.000

158 180 200 200 200 205 220 233 280 300

298 350 395 405 405 405 440 456 460 480

90 110 125 125 125 120 140 143 180 180

50 60 70 80 80 80 80 80 -

2.3 3.3 4.6 5.5 6.0 7.2 9.0 11.5 18.0 33.0

RMV hydraulic toe jacks

V

REMA hydraulic toe jacks are ideal when working in very confined spaces and they also have an extremely low toe height. Typical uses include lifting and positioning of heavy machinery, fabricated steel constructions and general engineering applications. These jacks can also be used with a set of REMA skates. Properties - Robust steel construction, in combination with a hydraulic jack. - Overload prevention. - Very low claw height. - Claw can be set in 3 positions. - Rotatable legs. - Carrying handle. - Pump lever. type

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

height

lifting height

(mm)

RMV - 3 RMV - 8

1803030 1803080

3000 8000

240 295

139

weight

(mm)

height of claw (mm)

130 140

15 25

22 28

(kg)


in compliance ASME / ANSI SAFETY STANDARD

RMH machine jacks

V

Properties - Designed for repair, maintenance and mounting of heavy machines. - Compact and stable construction. - Can be used in any position. - Very low foot. - The housing can be rotated in 360째 . - The lowering speed can be adjusted finely. - Overload prevention. - Patented construction. - The pump lever is detachable.

IMPORTANT

i

- Do not exceed the load capacity of the machine jack. - Avoid applying load on the tip of the lifting pawl; utilize the whole surface of it! - Do not put any additional load on a load being lifted! - Do not use the machine jack in an unstable or unsteady position. - Use the machine jack exclusively on flat ground suitable for carrying weight. - Load must be seated steadily during the whole period of jacking-up. - Do not use machine jacks being in poor condition or damaged. - Have your machine jack supervised and tested annually by an authorized expert or company. - Do not use your machine jack for lifting people!

type

ref. no.

capacity

lifting range foot

(kg)

(mm)

RMH- 50 RMH-100 RMH-250

1800050 1800100 1800250

5.000 10.000 25.000

25 - 230 30 - 260 58 - 273

140

lifting range head

weight

(mm)

maximum hand force (kg)

368 - 573 420 - 650 505 - 720

38 40 40

25 35 102

(kg)


14 WORKSHOP CRANES

PAGE 142

HYDRAULIK TROLLEY JACK

PAGE 143

FORK LIFT JACK

PAGE 143

TRESLES

PAGE 144

141


GWK mobile work shop cranes E

P3

E

V Properties - Easy functioning. - Quick lifting due to the double-acting pump. - Collapsible, readily transportable. - Robust construction. - Chrome-plated hydraulic cylinder. - Caster wheels can be rotated in 360째. - Rotatable load hook (except when being under load). - Gib can be set in 3 positions. - 125% test load. - Safety valve for overload prevention. - Model GWK-1000 is equipped with extralong supporting legs.

D

P2

P1

F G

A

I H

B C

type

GWK- 500 GWK-1000 GWK-2000

ref. no.

4220015 4220017 4220019

safe working load (kg) 500 1000 2000

safe working load per position (kg) A P2 P3 P1 1410 350 425 500 1675 700 800 1000 1690 1500 1700 2000

weight

dimensions in mm B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

165 90 205

1510 1630 1900

895 1230 1290

102 150 150

2120 2445 2705

1960 2330 2505

150 -

340 245 230

width 970 1120 1165

(kg) 75 115 165

GWKE euro shop cranes

V Properties - Suitable for use with Euro pallets. - Easy functioning. - Robust construction. - Chrome-plated hydraulic cylinder. - Caster wheels can be rotated in 360째. - Rotatable load hook (except when being under load). - Gib can be set in 4 positions. - 125% test load. - Safety valve for overload prevention.

L1 L2

B1

H5

H

H4 H3 H2 H1 L3

type

GWKE- 500 GWKE-1000

ref. no.

4220011 4220013

safe working load (kg) 500 1000

safe working load per position (kg) L1 L2 L3 P4 P1 P2 P3 500 400 250 150 1360 1060 1295 1000 800 500 300 1360 1060 1295

142

B2 B3

weight

dimensions in mm H1

H2

H3

155 155

470 470

705 705

H4

H5

H

2225 2475 1595 2225 2475 1595

B1

B2

B3

(kg)

925 925

840 840

1000 1000

80 98


GFJ hydraulic trolley jacks

V

Properties - Robust construction for professional use. - Safety valve for overload protection. - Rubber cap. - K-type: short model fitted with a quick lifting system. - L-type: long model with foot pedal. - H-type: for higher lifting levels. - Quick-lift function for a quick access of load in unloaded state. - Lubricating nipples are fitted to the movable parts for long life. - Caster wheels are running on roller bearings for a better movability in unloaded state. GFJ-2K/3K

GFJ-20L t/m 100L

type

ref. no.

GFJ - 2K GFJ - 3K GFJ - 20L GFJ - 30L GFJ - 50L GFJ -100L

4260001 4260003 4260011 4260013 4260015 4260017

safe working load (kg) 2.000 3.000 2.000 3.000 5.000 10.000

minimum height (mm) 130 150 140 130 150 160

maximum height (mm) 475 515 800 600 560 560

length

weight

(mm) 715 715 1250 1460 1570 1700

(kg) 34 37 58 70 95 145

AGC aluminium trolley jack

V

Properties - Low own weight. - Extra long lever for easy positioning under long overheeling or extruding parts. - Sealing of hydraulic unit prevents entrance of sand or dirt. - Safety valve for overload protection. Standard delivery - Lever, consisting of 2 parts. type

ref. no.

AGC - 15

4260050

safe working load (kg)

minimum height (mm)

max. height (mm)

length x width (mm)

frame height (mm)

lever length (mm)

1.500

80

375

590 x 256

150

1012

weight (kg) 14

GHC hydraulic fork lift jack

V

Properties - Load capacity : 4000 kg on jack-up pawl. 5000 kg on jack-up head. - Low constructional height: 65 mm. - Double lifting heights. - Overload prevention. - 2 lifting speeds normal or fast; with or without load. type

GHC - 5

ref. no.

4260030

capacity

lifting height

beats

claw (kg)

head (kg)

low position (mm)

high position (mm)

normal

fast

4000

5000

65 - 425

414 - 724

60

20

143

dimensions

weight

(mm)

(kg)

680 x 210 x 415

47


AS trestles

V

Properties - Capacity range: 1.500 kg to 16.000 kg. - High quality, stability and long life.

F

B

C A

type

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

minimum height A (mm)

adjustable height B (mm)

maximum height C (mm)

F

D

E

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

AS 1.5A AS 1.5B AS 3.0 AS 5.0 AS 8.0A AS 8.0B AS16.0A AS16.0B AS16.0C

4251001 4251003 4251005 4251007 4251009 4251011 4251013 4251015 4251017

1.500 1.500 3.000 5.000 8.000 8.000 16.000 16.000 16.000

260 420 320 375 380 580 295 435 675

140 240 210 200 220 385 140 280 420

400 660 530 575 600 965 435 715 1095

70 70 70 70 125 125 130 130 130

270 415 335 385 400 596 321 480 705

240 355 250 325 350 520 272 420 605

2.0 3.5 4.5 5.0 5.4 9.0 13.2 20.0 30.5

E

D

GHB trestles

V

Properties - Ideally combines with a hydraulic scissors jack. - Robust construction. - 3 height adjustments. - Available exclusively in pairs. type

GHB - 6

ref. no.

safe working load per pair (kg)

minimum (mm)

maximum (mm)

(kg)

12.000

242

425

15

4261030

144

adjustable height

weight


15 PALLET TRUCKS

PAGE 146-149

HIGH LIFTERS

PAGE 150

145


2500 kg with Quick-Lift

Select PX pallet trucks

V

Select PX pallet trucks are designed for intensive industrial use. The steel frame is constructed with single-pressed forks for an even higher force and stability. These pallet trucks are equipped with quick-lift pumps and they are manufactured exclusively from high quality parts. Quick-Lift hydraulic pumps - Pallets can be lifted within two movements. - Efficient; the top position can be reached with half of the, usually required, number of strokes. - In case of loads above 120 kg, the pump automatically switches over to normal lifting. Properties - Robust steel pump with Quick-lift function. - Single-pressed forks that are 25% stronger than standard ones. - â&#x20AC;&#x153;Comfort-gripâ&#x20AC;? in cured rubber. - Embossed marking on forks for working with Euro pallets. - High steel frame with embossed REMA heading.

Good and comfortable driving properties due to the following: - Large nylon steering wheels with polyurethane treads. - Nylon tandem rolls with polyurethane treads. - In- and out-run guide wheels for a better handling of pallets.

Single-pressed forks which are 25 % stronger than standard ones.

Steel Quick-lift pump

Embossed EURO-marking on forks.

number of pump strokes

12 6 weight (kg) 120

220

Quick-lift pump diagram

2500

type

ref. no.

Select PX

3402001

Nylon wheels and rolls with polyurethane treads safe working load (kg) 2500

fork length x width (mm) 1150 x 530

Dimensions Fork length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150 mm Width at forks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 mm Lowest fork position . . . . . . . . . . 85 mm Highest fork position . . . . . . . . . 200 mm Width per fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 mm Steering wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 mm Fork rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 mm Mass: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 kg Advantages Single-pressed forks . . . . . . . . Stable and strong Steel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . impact-resistant Quick-Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . quick lifting up to 120 kg Comfort handle . . . . . . . . . . . . comfortable grip under all circumstances Polyurethane treads . . . . . . . . better driving properties Fork markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . for handling of Euro pallets

146

weight (kg) 82


2500 kg with Quick-Lift

PT pallet trucks

V

The new REMA PT pallet trucks fitted with pump (model 25) are very manoeuvrable and user-friendly. The tandem fork rollers are advantageous when using these pallet truck on a less smooth floor. Single truck roller designs are frequently used in the transport sector (rubber steer wheels and polyurethane rollers). Operation - All pump functions can be operated precisely by means of the three-position control lever. - Variable lowering speed even under load. - The tow bar will automatically return to vertical position. Hydraulics - Quick-Lift pump (model 25) for a quick lifting of pallets. - The pump unit has an overload protection function. - A chromate-coated and polished piston rod provides a long life for the hydraulic cylinder.

Forks The robust plate steel fork profiles have flattened ends and they are fitted with in- and outrunning rollers to move pallets easier. Specifications Lowest fork position ................................85 mm Highest fork position .............................200 mm Width per fork........................................160 mm Steering wheels.....................................200 mm Fork rolls..................................................82 mm Mass type 20 and 25 ...........................73~80 kg type 30 .........................................90 kg

pump

12 6

120

220

2500

Capacity (kg)

Encapsulated pump unit

Quick-lift pump type

PTS - 25 TPP PTK - 25 SPR PTC - 25 SPR PTK - 25 TPR PTS - 25 TPR PTS - 25 TPP PTS - 25 TNN PTS - 25 TNN PTL - 18 TNN PTM- 15 TNN PTX - 15 TNN PTZ - 30 TNN

ref. no.

3401001 3401005 3401017 3401015 3401013 3401014 3401011 3401012 3401021 3401025 3401023 3401030

safe working load (kg) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 1800 1500 1500 3000

model

standaard kort extra kort kort standaard kort/breed standaard breed lang middellang extra lang zwaar

Added fork reinforcements fork length x width (mm) 1150 x 530 1000 x 530 800 x 530 1000 x 530 1150 x 530 1000 x 685 1150 x 530 1150 x 685 1500 x 540 1800 x 540 2000 x 540 1150 x 540

material steering wheels polyurethaan rubber rubber rubber rubber polyurethaan nylon nylon nylon nylon nylon nylon

Tandem rollers with in- and outrunning rollers material fork rollers fork roller type tandem enkel enkel tandem tandem tandem tandem tandem tandem tandem tandem tandem

Other dimensions and models are available on request

147

material polyurethaan polyurethaan polyurethaan polyurethaan polyurethaan polyurethaan nylon nylon nylon nylon nylon nylon


5000 kg

PTZ pallet trucks

V

5-ton pallet truck for extreme heavy loads. Properties - Especially designed pump for easy lifting of heavy loads. - Steel steering wheels & steel tandem fork rollers for excellent manoeuvrability. - To ensure transportability, pallet trucks are fitted with lifting eyes. Specifications - Lifting height : 90 to 200 mm. - Width per fork : 210 mm type

ref. no.

PTZ-50 TSS

3401050

safe working load (kg) 5000

PTE low-platform pallet trucks

fork length x width (mm) 1150 x 580

weight (kg) 192

2000 kg

V

Properties - Very low constructional height. 55 mm. - Steer wheels : rubber - Fork rollers : polyurethane - tandem - Lifting height : 55 to 170 mm. type

ref. no.

PTE

3401041

safe working load (kg) 2000

fork length x width (mm) 1150 x 540

weight (kg) 72

2000 kg

PTB pallet trucks with brakes

V

Properties - Automatic brake on the steer wheels, double handles on the tow bar; the brake engages when the bar is released. - Steering wheels : rubber - Fork rollers : polyurethane - tandem - Lifting height : 85 to 200 mm. type

ref. no.

PTB

3401043

safe working load (kg) 2000

148

fork length x width (mm) 1150 x 540

weight (kg) 85


2000 kg

PTR Stainless Steel pallet trucks

V

Especially developed for the food industry e. g. for meat-, fish-, vegetable- and fruitprocessing companies. Suitable for use in refrigerated warehouses and other corrosive environments. Properties - Manufactured as a whole from stainless steel parts (AISI 316) pump, frame, tow bar, bearings, pins, screws etc. - Steering wheels : nylon - Fork cylinders : nylon - tandem - Lifting height : 85 to 200 mm

type

ref. no.

PTR-S PTR-K

3401007 3401008

safe working load (kg) 2000 2000

fork length x width (mm) 1150 x 540 1000 x 540

weight (kg) 75 73

2000 kg

PTW pallet trucks with scales

V

Properties - Digital read-out unit. - 4 measurement points in forks. - Accuracy approximately 0,1% (approx. 2 kg at 2000 kg). - LED display with 18 mm high digits, scale division 1 kg. - Power supply: 4 AA penlights. - Duration of penlights approx. 1 year based on 10 x daily use. - Steering wheels : polyurethane. - Fork rollers : polyurethane - tandem. - Lifting height : 85 - 200 mm. - Temperature : -10 tot +40째 C. - Automatic power economy mode, to save battery. - Design according to IP 65 (Nema 4) A30-type. - Fork width : 180 mm

PTW-N

Properties printer - Printertype : thermal. - Function : manual paper feed. - Paper : thermal paper roll, diameter 40 mm. - Printing speed : 13 lines per second. - Operating temp. : 0째 - 50째 C. type

ref. no.

PTW-N PTW-NP

3401047 3401048

safe working load (kg) 2000 2000

149

fork length x width (mm) 1150 x 555 1150 x 555

PTW-NP

weight (kg) 117 118


1000 kg

PTH high-platform pallet truck

V

Properties - Manoeuvrability of pallet trucks combined with the lifting height of scissors tables. - By means of supports, high stability even at highest position. - Lifting height per movement: 15 mm. - Steer wheels : polyurethane. - Fork rollers : polyurethane - single. - Lifting height : 85 to 800 mm. Electric version - Maintenance-free storage battery, 60 Ah/12 V. - Battery charger 8 Ah/12 V. - Battery capacity at full load is sufficient for appr. 60 lifting operations (if need be, it can be operated manually).

PTH - M type

ref. no.

PTH - M PTH - E

3401051 3401053

safe working load (kg) 1000 1000

model

manual electric

fork length x width (mm) 1190 x 560 1190 x 560

lifting height (mm) 85/800 85/800

weight (kg) 128 150

PTH - E

500/1000 kg

HC lifting table / pallet truck combination

V

Properties - With the supplied plate table, these pallet trucks can be converted to lifting tables with one movement of the hand. - Adjustable lowering speed by means of the control handle. - Easy lifting; fitted with fold-in foot pedal. - Steer polyurethane wheels (150 x 40 mm) with brake. - Single polyurethane fork rollers (72 x 68 mm). - The 1000 kg model is fitted with a steering rod.

HC-50 with plate table type

ref. no.

HC- 50 HC-100

3469001 3469003

safe working load (kg) 500 1000

HC-100 with demountable plate table

dimensions fork / table length x width (mm) 1115 x 530 1115 x 530

150

HC-100 without plate table

fork / table height (mm)

lifting height per lever stroke (mm)

height steering rod (mm)

85 / 835 85 / 835

20 10

1012 1300

weight (kg) 122 150


16 HAND- / WINCH STACKERS

151

PAGE 152


500/1000 kg

SL hand-operated stackers

V

Properties - Complies with EN 1757-1. - Compact and almost maintenance-free. - Winch fitted with load pressure brake. - Brakeable polyurethane steering wheels Æ 150 x 40 mm. - Fork rollers - single : polyurethane Æ 80 x 47 mm. - Model 50B

: fork width, adjustable - 160 to 690 mm. fork length - 1000 mm.

- Model 100B

: fork width, non-expandable - 540 mm. fork length - 1150 mm.

type

SL - 50B SL -100B

ref. no.

3470101 3470103

safe working load (kg)

dimensions fork LxW

lifting height

(mm)

min. (mm)

max. (mm)

500 1000

1000 x 160/690 1150 x 540

90 88

1500 1500

lifting height per stroke

height

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

22 9.5

2030 1930

146 182

1000 kg

SH hand-operated hydraulic stackers

V

Properties - Complies with EN 1757-1. - Hydraulic pump with overload protection. - Lifting and controlled lowering by means of the bar. - Steering wheels with brakes : polyurethane Æ 150 x 50 mm. - Fork rollers - single : polyurethane Æ 80 x 70 mm.

type

SH-1015 SH-1025

ref. no.

3470201 3470205

safe working load (kg)

dimensions fork LxW (mm)

min. (mm)

max. (mm)

1000 1000

1150 x 540 1150 x 540

88 88

1500 2500

152

lifting height

lifting height per stroke

height

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

12.5 12.5

1964 1964

220 330


17 MOVABLE LIFT TABLES

PAGE 154

STATIONAIRY LIFT TABLES

PAGE 155-158

153


HT hand-operated movable lifting tables

V

An ergonomic solution for lifting parts and tools required for maintaining machines to a required operational height. Type HT

: Hand operated movable lifting tables.

Type HTE : Electrically operated movable lifting tables.

HT - 15 HT - 25 HT - 50 HT - 75 HT - 100 HT - 50D HT - 80K HTE - 50 HTE -100 HTE - 50D HTE - 80K

ref. no.

3460015 3460025 3460050 3460075 3460100 3460150 3460280 3465050 3465100 3465150 3465280

D

safe working load (kg) 150 250 500 750 1000 500 800 500 1000 500 800

wheel diameter (mm) 100 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

: Double scissors mechanisms for an even higher elevating height.

Type K

: Tilting table to facilitate an easier unloading of piece-goods from containers and crates.

Properties - Complies with DIN 1570. - Overflow hydraulics for a higher level of safety. - Foot pedal for lifting (excl. type W). - Operating handle controls lowering speed. - REMA movable lifting tables are fitted with two rigid wheels and two steer wheels with brakes each. - All models have rigid push rods except for Model HT-15 which is equipped with a foldable push rod. - Type HTE with maintenance-free 70 Ah/12V battery with charger. - Number of lifting cycles at full load: approx. 40 lifts. - Lift duration: approx. 15 sec.

HT

type

Type D

dimensions table L x W (mm) 700 x 450 815 x 500 1010 x 520 1010 x 520 1010 x 520 1010 x 520 830 x 520 1010 x 520 1010 x 520 1010 x 520 830 x 520

K

minimum table height (mm) 225 315 430 432 440 435 440 440 490 495 495

maximum table height (mm) 760 910 1000 1000 960 1585 1000-1560 950 950 1615 1000-1620

lever height

weight

(mm) 1000 1100 1130 1130 1130 1130 1130 1180 1180 1180 1180

(kg) 41 78 118 120 135 168 145 148 169 198 185

HTE

I M P O R T A N T Let motor cool down for at least 3 minutes after each lifting cycle !

154


HS stationary lifting tables

V

The universal lifting tables for lifting heavy loads can provide a space-economic solution when installed lowered in the floor. Properties - Complies with DIN 1570. - 400V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, IP 55. - Robust foot plate construction. - Reinforced edge profiles. - Massive steel scissors mechanism. - Emergency shut-off bars all round. - Supports for safe maintenance. - Overload protection. - Hose anti-break safety valve. - Hard chromate-coated cylinder and piston rod. - Lubrication-free enclosed bearings. - Compact drive unit. Standard delivery - Accessories, incl. 24V remote control buttons and emergency stop. - Demountable lifting eyes for easy transport.

type

ref. no.

HS05 - 01 HS1 - 01 HS1 - 04 HS2 - 01 HS2 - 06 HS4 - 01 HS4 - 06

3459005 3459001 3459007 3459002 3459003 3459004 3459006

safe working load (kg) 500 1000 1000 2000 2000 4000 4000

height (mm) 200 205 240 230 250 240 300

maximum height (mm) 1000 1000 1300 1050 1300 1100 1400

dimensions platform (mm) 800 x 2000 820 x 1300 1000 x 1700 850 x 1300 1000 x 2000 1200 x 1700 1200 x 2200

155

base frame size (mm) 680 x 1615 630 x 1240 640 x 1580 785 x 1220 785 x 1600 900 x 1600 900 x 2000

lift duration

power output

weight

(sec) 25 20 30 20 35 40 45

(kW) 1.1 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2

(kg) 193 160 210 235 315 375 505


HSD double scissor stationary lifting table

V

This lifting table is constructed according to EN1570 and ANSI/ASME standards and can be placed on the floor as well in the floor. Kenmerken - This lifting table is equipped with an aluminium safety frame. - Overload protection. - Special valve for controlled descent. - Hose anti-break safety valve. - Lubrication-free enclosed bearings. - Hard chromate-coated cylinder and piston rod. - 400 VAC, 50 Hz, 3 Ph. Standard delivery - Demountable lifting eyes for easy transport. - 24V remote control buttons and emergency stop.

type

HSD - 1.0 HSD - 2.0 HSD - 4.0

ref. no.

3459031 3459033 3459035

safe working load (kg) 1000 2000 4000

height (mm) 305 360 400

maximum height (mm) 1780 1780 2050

dimensions platform (mm) 820 x 1300 850 x 1300 1700 x 1200

156

base frame size (mm) 640 x 1240 785 x 1220 1600 x 900

lift duration

power output

weight

(sec) 35 35 55

(kW) 2.2 2.2 2.2

(kg) 210 295 520


HSL low-height stationary lifting tables

V

When heavy loads are to be lifted in a way as simple as possible, these lifting tables having low installation heights and equipped with practical ramps can provide the right solution. With the use of these extremely low lifting tables, time can be saved and there is no need for a civil engineer's knowledge for sinking them in the floor. A practical ramp allows driving on and off it with a hand pallet truck or a two-wheel hand truck. Properties - Complies with DIN 1570. - 400V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, IP 54. - Stable, flat floor plate. - Table with reinforced profiles all around the edges. - Massive steel scissors. - Emergency shut-off bars all round. - Supports for safe maintenance. - Overload protection. - Hose anti-break safety valve. - Hard chromate-coated cylinder and piston rod. - Lubrication-free enclosed bearings. - External drive unit. Standard delivery - Accessories, incl. 24 V remote control buttons and emergency stop. - Demountable lifting eyes for easy transport. - Ramp. type

ref. no.

HSL - 1.0 HSL - 1.5 HSL - 2.0

3459011 3459013 3459015

safe working load (kg) 1000 1500 2000

height (mm) 85 105 105

maximum height (mm) 860 880 880

157

dimensions platform (mm) 1600 x 1140 1600 x 1000 1600 x 1200

lift duration

power output

weight

(sec) 20 20 20

(kW) 0.75 1.5 2.2

(kg) 364 401 419


HSU low-height stationary â&#x20AC;&#x153;Uâ&#x20AC;?-shaped lifting tables

V

When heavy loads are to be lifted in a way as simple as possible, these U-tables having low installation heights can provide the right solution, considering that a pallet truck can be pushed in at their open sides. With the use of these extremely low lifting tables, time can be saved and there is no need for a civil engineer's knowledge for building them in the floor. Properties - Complies with DIN 1570. - 400V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, IP 54. - Stable, low-level floor plate. - Table with reinforced profiles all around the edges. - Massive steel scissors. - Emergency shut-off bars all round. - Supports for safe maintenance. - Overload protection. - Hose anti-break safety valve. - Hard chromate-coated cylinder and piston rod. - Lubrication-free enclosed bearings. - External drive unit. Standard delivery - Accessories, incl. 24 V remote control buttons and emergency stop. - Demountable lifting eyes for easy transport.

type

ref. no.

HSU - 1.0 HSU - 1.5

3459017 3459019

safe working load (kg) 1000 1500

height (mm) 85 105

maximum height (mm) 860 860

dimensions platform (mm) 1450 x 1140 1600 x 1180

158

opening width (mm) 585 585

lift duration

power output

weight

(sec) 18 18

(kW) 0.75 1.5

(kg) 280 380


18 DRUM TRUCKS

PAGE 160-161

DRUM CLAMPS

PAGE 162-164

159


DL mobile barrel trucks

H

Properties - For lifting, handling, overturning and emptying of steel barrels (210 liter of liquid). - Tipping arrangement with locking function both in vertical and horizontal positions. type

DL-3.5

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

maximum lifting height (mm)

weight

1652001

350

1425

155

(kg)

HVT hydraulic barrel truck

V

Properties - For transportation of steel barrels. - Not suitable for overturning barrels. - Clamps automatically when lifting the barrel. type

HVT-365

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

max. lifting height (mm)

min. height

4252009

365

390

160

dimensions

clamp radius

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

270

1022 x 722

390

53


DH hydraulic barrel truck

H

Properties - For handling steel barrels full with liquid in standing position (210 liter). - Comfortable operation due to the hydraulic pump provided. - Excellent rolling properties due to the combination of two large side wheels and a steer wheel. type

DH-250

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

lifting height

lifting height per stroke

(mm)

4252001

250

345

max. barrel height

weight

(mm)

max. barrel diameter (mm)

(mm)

(kg)

22

572

915

40

780

345

1215 1000

810

DM hydraulic barrel truck

H

Properties - For lifting, handling, tipping and emptying of steel barrels (210 liter of liquid). - Tipping arrangement with locking function both in vertical and horizontal positions. type

DM-365

ref. no.

safe working load

maximum lifting height

maximum barrel diameter

maximum barrel height

weight

(kg)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

4252003

365

292

572

915

50

1676

865 457 921 1397 965

161


CVA barrel grabs

H

Properties - Intended for safe lifting and handling of standing steel barrels filled with liquids. - Automatic locking mechanism. - Complete with suspension eye. type CVA - 0.5

ref. no. 3308001

safe working load (kg)

jaw opening (mm)

weight (kg)

500

0 - 17

1.6

CVB barrel grabs

H

Properties - Intended for safe lifting and handling of barrels whereby the lifted barrel will be held steadily in vertical position. - Easily operable locking mechanism. - Complete with suspension eye. type

ref. no.

CVB - 0.5

3308003

safe working load (kg) 500

weight (kg) 7.1

PVS grab slings for horizontal lifting of barrels

Z

Properties - Intended for safe lifting and handling of steel barrels in horizontal position. - Chain length : 1.8 m. - Chain link diameter : 6 mm. type

ref. no.

PVS - 1.25

2529020

162

safe working load (kg) 1000

weight (kg) 3.5


VK barrel clamps

VK-350

H

VK-360

VK-500

VKH-500

Properties - For lifting 210 liter barrels. - VK-350 type for steel barrels. - VK-360 type for open and tightly closed steel barrels and plastic barrels with L- or X-rings. - VK-500 type for open or closed steel barrels. - Simply useable with a hoist or lifting hooks. ref. no.

type

VK - 350 VK - 360 VK - 500 VKH - 500

3308101 3308103 3308105 3308107

163

safe working load

weight

(kg)

(kg)

350 360 500 500

9.5 4.5 5.0 7.6


DTS fork-lift trucks with barrel clamps

H

Properties - Clamp to be fitted to fork lifts for handling steel barrels. - Suitable for barrels of 210 liter capacity. - Clamping force is provided by the dead weight of the full barrel. - Can be easily mounted by simply pushing the clamp onto the fork. - Robust steel construction.

type

ref. no.

DTS-10

4252005

safe working load (kg) 470

barrel material

barrel capacity

steel

(l) 210

maximum barrel diameter (mm) 572

weight (kg) 36

DD steel barrel dolly

H

A simple aid for handling steel barrels of 210 liter. Properties - Frame welded from steel band. - Steer wheels with zinc-coated brackets. - The threads of wheels are of oil- and water-resistant. - Zinc-coated bolts and nuts.

type

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

barrel capacity

inside diameter

weight

(l)

(mm)

(kg)

DD - 210

4252007

410

210

600

5.0

164


19 ROLLER CARIAGES / SKATES

PAGE 166-168

HANDSPIKES

PAGE 168

165


TRV roller carriages

V

Properties - Ideal for an easy and safe handling of loads. - Nylon rollers running on ball bearings. - Nylon rollers will not damage floors. - Platforms have anti-slip rubber coatings. - Can be easily placed or positioned by means of the hand grip.

TRV-10 TRV-20

TRV-25

TRV-30

TRV-60

type

ref. no.

TRV - 10 TRV - 20 TRV - 25 TRV - 30 TRV - 60

4250021 4250023 4250025 4250027 4250029

safe number working load of (kg) rollers 4 8 2 4 6

1000 2000 2500 3000 6000

number of axles

roller Æ x width (mm) 100 x 35 100 x 35 85 x 90 85 x 85 85 x 85

2 2 2 2 3

platform LxWxH (mm)

weight

330 x 220 x 120 330 x 220 x 120 210 x 100 x 105 330 x 300 x 120 260 x 230 x 105

7 8 4 10 12

(kg)

TRZ carriages with caster

V

Roller carriages fitted with steering rollers for good manoeuvrability. Specifications TRZ-102 TRZ-102

TRZ-104

2 steer nylon rollers Æ 75 x 46 mm. 2 rigid nylon rollers Æ 100 x 35 mm. 4 steer nylon rollers Æ 75 x 46 mm.

type

ref. no.

TRZ-102 TRZ-104

4250031 4250033

safe working load (kg)

platform LxWxH (mm)

weight

1000 1000

430 x 340 x 120 430 x 340 x 120

13 14

(kg)

TRZ-104

100 K

TKV / TBV corner movers for handling cabinets and bureau furniture

V

REMA roller carriages for handling cabinets and office furniture for handling loads with a maximum 600 kg with or without legs.

150 K

100 B

Properties - 1 set consists of 4 units. - Ease of steering due to the 3 supported steer wheels. - Every carriage is rubber-coated to avoid damages to goods. - Models KV for loads without legs (cabinets, cases etc.) - Models BV for furniture with legs (tables, desks etc.) type

ref. no.

TKV - 100 K TBV - 100 B TKV - 150 K

4250051 4250053 4250055

safe working load per set (kg)

wheel diameter (mm)

loading height (mm)

dimensions

400 400 600

50 x 20 50 x 20 50 x 20

15 15 15

305 x 165 x 65 195 x 165 x 85 366 x 204 x 85

166

material

weight per set (kg)

aluminum aluminum steel

5.6 4.8 8.0

(mm)


TR heavy machinery roller skates

V

TRS - The steering-platform skate running on bearings makes manoeuvering with heavy loads easier. - Length of guiding rod is 1000 mm; with transport eye.

TRS-30

TRW - Roller skates can be mated by means of two connecting rods. - Roller skates are always supplied in pairs incl. 2 connecting rods.

TRS-60

TRS-120

General - Nylon rollers running on bearings except for models TRS-120 and TRW-240 fitted with steel rollers. - Nylon rollers will not damage floors. - Platforms have anti-slip rubber coatings. - Can be easily placed or positioned by means of the hand grip. TRS steering skates type

ref. no.

TRS- 30 TRS- 60 TRS-120

4250001 4250003 4250005

lifting capacity (kg) 3.000 6.000 12.000

number material of roller rollers 4 8 8

nylon nylon steel

rolller Ă&#x2020; x width (mm) 85 x 90 85 x 90 83 x 80

platform dimensions LxWxH (mm)

weight

310 x 255 x 105 630 x 400 x 115 630 x 400 x 115

15 50 66

platform dimensions LxBxH (mm)

weight

300 x 250 x 115 360 x 220 x 115 360 x 220 x 115

30 38 65

(kg)

TRW

TRW roller skates type

ref. no.

TRW- 60 TRW-120 TRW-240

4250011 4250013 4250015

lifting capacity per pair (kg) 6.000 12.000 24.000

167

number material of roller rollers 8 12 16

nylon nylon steel

rolller Ă&#x2020; x width (mm) 85 x 90 85 x 90 83 x 85

(kg)


TS complete roller skate set for handling heavy machinery

V

REMA roller skate sets consist of 4 rollers, 2 bogies, 2 raising blocks, 2 steering rods and 2 connecting rods. Delivered in metal storage/transport case with the appropriate pull handle. Application - Short, variable handling distances. - For commissioning work and handling heavy loads. - Due to the steering rods, large machines can be handled with ease. - The handling speed may not exceed 5 m/min. - Minimum turning cycle is 3 meter.

Case with pull handle

type

TS-20 TS-30 TS-60

Roller skate set

ref. no.

safe working load

4211003 4211005 4211007

(ton) 20 30 60

dimensions LxWxH (mm) 120 x 120 x 108 120 x 120 x 117 130 x 130 x 140

roller diameter (mm) 18 24 30

turntable

weight

(mm) 130 130 150

(kg) 50 58 92

TRH roller-type handspikes

V

Handspikes made of steel pipe are designed for a problem-free lifting of loads. Fitted with 2 steel rollers Ă&#x2020; 100 x 55 mm. type

TRH - 15

ref. no.

lifting capacity

lifting height

lever length

weight

(kg) 4250040

1500

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

200

2000

13

FOR LIFTING OF HEAVY LOADS: SEE REMA RMV/RMH MACHINE JACKS

168


20 INFO

PAGE 170-172

RETAINING STRAPS

PAGE 173-175

LANYARDS

PAGE 176-177

FALL ARREST

PAGE 178

SAFETY DEFICES

PAGE 179

WORK POSITIONERS

PAGE 179

ACCESSORIES

PAGE 180

Austria

169


Fastening point

Personal safety equipment REMA fall arrester systems are featured by their reliability, optimum application possibilities and long life.

Fall damper band

Retaining straps Can be used wherever a risk of fall exists.

Retaining strap Connecting rope

Hip straps Exclusively for use in positioning tasks thus not for fall arresting.

Catch strap & connecting rope and band-type fall damper To be used at risk of fall, maximum movement radius is less than 2 meter.

Fall damper band

Fastening point

Catch clamp moving simultaneously Catch strap Work rope

Catch strap with a catch clamp moving concurrently To be used at risk of fall where a wider radius of movement is required. Fastening point Catch strap with integrated fall stop apparatus

Catch strap

Catch strap with fall stop apparatus To be used at risk of fall where a wider radius and freedom of movement is required.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Properties of hip and retaining straps - Universal sizes (excl. Perfekt hip straps, Expert andVolta retaining straps). - Optimum fit. - No pinching. - Comfortable wear. - Standard band width: 45 mm. - Colour: flaming shade red blue. - Declaration of Conformity and CE-marking. - Instructions for use. - Registration card for periodic inspections.

IMPORTANT - Improper use of equipment can cause injuries. - Read thoroughly the instructions attached to the safety equipment. - Carry out visual supervision before each use. Depending on the frequency of use, but not less than once in a year, register these supervisions in the attached registration card. - Carry out visual supervision every 3 month by intensive use. - Recommended life of ropes: max. 10 years. Depending on frequency of use. - Recommended life of straps and fittings: max. 10 years. - Have the fall stop apparatus load-tested exclusively by the manufacturer. - Straps and ropes subjected to a fall or other damages shall not be used any more. - The catch eye at the back and the textile catch loop at the front are provided exclusively for fastening the catch rope. - Do not use positioning eyes found at the front of the (integrated) hip strap unless there is no risk of fall.

Hip strap

Connecting rope

Hip strap with connecting rope Can be used for positioning work provided that there is no risk of fall.

Austria

170


Selecting the right personal safety equipment

Would you like to work with a single suspension point at your back?

yes

All model Perfekt retaining straps (except for models Perfekt Profi 10) can be used along with the Eco fall damper band/mini fall stop/fall stop apparatus with escape rope assembly and heart mantle VM 140/12 with fall damper band.

yes

All model Perfekt 30 / Perfekt 30 Extreem / Perfekt Expert / Perfekt Volta can be used along with the Eco fall damper band/mini fall stop/fall stop apparatus with escape rope assembly and heart mantle VM 140/12 with fall damper band.

yes

Perfekt 30 Extreem / Perfekt Expert and Perfekt Volta in combination with adjustable ropes VM 200/12.

no

Suspension point at front or rear?

no Suspension point positioning* at front or rear?

* Positioning = Working on a mast when, by threading a rope over the mast, you can work with both hands. This kind of work is allowed only when there is no risk of fall and the possible drop depth is less than 50 cm.

I M P O R T A N T

Fall damper band or ECO fall damper band assembly is allowed to be used only at a minimum free fall height of 6 m measured from the fixation point. I N F O R M A T I O N

With catch clamp moving simultaneously, tying a knot at the end of work rope or attaching a load to it will promote operation.

Heart mantle rope 12 mm - safety work rope Heart mantle catch and work ropes 12 equipped with carbine and hook each at one of their ends and with loop at their other ends. Heart mantle ropes consist of a heart and a mantle encompassing it; their advantages are as follows: Mantle

-

Water-repellent due to the EVERDRY treatment. Extremely wear-resistant wear-resistant. UV-resistant. Flaming shade (red). Closed structure to prevent dirt from entering.

Heart

- Can be freely rotated. - High load capacity. - Dynamic, stretches max. 30% to dampen falling.

General

-

Small diameter. Low weight. Small volume. Easy functioning.

Austria

171


Possible assemblies These safety sets meet the requirements of European Norm EN 363. Systems for retaining persons as well as for reducing the arising forces.

COMPLETE PERFEKT ECO SET in a handy rucksack Containing: - Retaining strap Perfekt Eco. - Fall damper band Eco, 2 m long complete with 2 carbines. - Packed in a handy system-rucksack. - Tested in compliance with EN 361 and EN 355.

COMPLETE mini fall-stop set in a suitcase Containing: - Retaining strap Perfekt Eco. - Mini fall-stop apparatus HWB-3.5. - Sheet steel suitcase. - Tested in compliance with EN 361 and EN 360.

COMPLETE PERFEKT GRIP 12 SET in a handy rucksack Containing: - Grip apparatus Perfekt Grip 12 + integrated fall damper. - Retaining strap Perfekt 30. - Work rope 15 m. - Packed in a handy system-rucksack. - Tested in compliance with EN 361 and EN 353-2.

COMPLETE ANTI-DROP DEVICE SET, in a suitcase Containing: - Retaining strap Perfekt 30. - Fall stop apparatus HPS-12.0. - Sheet steel suitcase. - Tested in compliance with EN 361 and EN 360.

Austria

172


Assembling the Rema KTP IZI 3 in 1 harness The Rema KTP IZI is a carrier bag, harness and connecting rope integrated in one unit. Open the bag and turn it inside out; your harness will appear and you can step into it using the bag as the back and with the attachment line within reach at the front.

Rema KTP-01

Z

Rema KTP-01 Comprising: - Carrier bag - Harness with connecting band 2 m and integrated fall damper band. - Attachment point must be at least 6 m high. - Tested in accordance with EN-361 and EN-355.

type

ref. no

KTP-01

1740001

length min.(m)

length max. (m)

2.0

6.0

Rema KTP-04

Z

Rema KTP-04 Comprising: - Carrier bag - Harness with elastic band max. 2 mtr with integrated fall damper provided with scaffolding hook. - Tested in accordance with EN-361 and EN-360. type

ref. no.

KTP-04

1740004

length (m) 2.0

Rema KTP-09

Z

REMA KTP-09 Comprising: - Carrier bag - Harness with HWB-2.0 mini fall-stop apparatus provided with scaffolding hook. - Tested in accordance with EN-360, EN-361 and EN-353-2. type

ref. no

KTP-09

1740009

This system is patented EN 363202

173

length (m) 2.0


PERFEKT ECO retaining straps -

Z

1 suspension eye at the backside. Strap width: 45 mm, colour: flaming shade red. Invariably adjustable and can be locked by means of a plastic buckle. Adjustable and easily-opening thigh loops. Tested in compliance with EN 361.

For tilers, carpenters, steel construction fitters.

type

ref. no.

PERFEKT ECO

1730020

size universal

PERFEKT 30 retaining straps -

Z

1 catch eye at the back and 1 textile catch loop at the front. Invariably adjustable and can be locked by means of buckles. Adjustable and easily-opening thigh loops. Supporting strap around the burst. Strap width: 45 mm. Tested in compliance with EN 361.

For tilers, carpenters, steel construction fitters. Also suitable for work carried out in hanging position when the front central textile catch loop is engaged. type

ref. no.

PERFEKT 30

1730032

size universal

PERFEKT 30 EXTREME retaining straps -

Z

1 catch eye at the back and 1 textile catch loop at the front. Integrated hip strap complete with 2 positioning eyes. Invariably adjustable and can be locked by means of buckles. The hip strap is padded for optimum support. Supporting strap around the burst. Adjustable and easily-opening thigh loops. Comfortable wear. Strap width: 45 mm. Tested in compliance with EN 361.

Can be used at work where use of a double fastening device is advantageous i. e. in steel construction fitting and industry. type

ref. no.

PERFEKT 30 EXTREME

1730044

Austria

174

size universal


PERFEKT EXPERT retaining straps

Z

- 1 catch eye at the back and 1 one at the front. - 2 positioning eyes on the integrated hip strap. - Invariably adjustable and can be locked by means of quick-acting buckles. - Adjustable and easily-opening thigh loops. - Padded hip strap and thigh loops for optimum support. - Strap width: 45 mm. - Complies with EN 361/813. Suitable for combined standing and hanging work such as on broadcasting towers and high-voltage posts. type

ref. no.

EXPERT size 1 EXPERT size 2

1730070 1730071

leg

waist 94 - 144 cm 113 - 165 cm

44 - 74 cm 60 - 90 cm

PERFEKT VOLTA retaining straps

Z

- 1 catch eye at the back and 1 one at the front. - 2 positioning eyes on the integrated hip strap. - Invariably adjustable and can be locked by means of quick-acting buckles. - Supporting strap around the burst. - Padded hip strap and thigh loops for optimum support. - Extra wide back support. - Adjustable and easily-opening thigh loops. - Textile loops and rings for tools and materials. - Excellent wearing comfort for all day. - Strap width: 45 mm. - Complies with EN 361/813. This model was developed in co-operation with power supply companies specifically for work on high-voltage line posts. type

ref. no.

leg

VOLTA size 1 VOLTA size 2

1730080 1730081

44 - 74 cm 60 - 90 cm

waist 94 - 144 cm 113 - 165 cm

PERFEKT PROFI 10 retaining straps - 1 central suspension point at the front. - Integrated seating portion. - Invariably adjustable with clamp buckles. - Tested in compliance with EN 361/1497.

Z - By engaging the carbine hook in 2 supporting eyes the strap will be locked automatically. - Strap width: 45 mm.

As a result of the integrated seating portion, these retaining straps are used for work requiring staying in the strap for a prolonged time e. g. in silos, crane cabs and rescue work. type

ref. no.

PERFEKT PROFI 10

1730011

size universal

PERFEKT rescue straps

Z

- 1 central suspension point at the front. - Strap material of 45 mm wide combined with tear-resistant polyester canvas. - Tested in compliance with EN 1498.

- Diverse rescuing possibilities, depending on body sizes (light metal rings & textile loops) - 2 shoulder straps.

Suitable for rescuing people. type

ref. no.

Rescue strap

1730061

size universal

Austria

175


Fall damper unit

Z

The fall damper band and the attaching band are connected to each other inseparably. Full length: 2 m. Strap width: 25 mm. Supplied attaching accessories for fixation to the retaining strap and the suspension point. Exclusively for fall height of 6 m measured from the attaching point. Tested in compliance with EN 355. type

ref. no.

Fall damper unit fitted with small hook Fall damper unit fitted with large hook

1730192 1730197

length (m) 2.0 2.0

Fall damper unit

Z

As above except that this is of extra safe as a result of the â&#x20AC;&#x153;double pulling-overâ&#x20AC;?. type

ref. no.

Fall damper unit fitted with 2 large hooks

1730193

length (m) 2.0

Z

Webbing restraint lanyard Strap of 25 mm wide with one large and one small loop. To be used with end fitting 1731646/652. Tested in compliance with EN 354. type

ref. no.

VM BND 26/0.5 VM BND 26/1.0 VM BND 26/1.5 VM BND 26/1.8

1730220 1730222 1730223 1730224

length (m) 0.5 1.0 1.5 1.8

25 mm anchorage slings

Z

Endless, 25 mm wide, strap. To be used with end fitting 1731646/652. Tested in compliance with EN 354. type

ref. no.

BS 50 BS 100 BS 150 BS 200

1730200 1730201 1730202 1730203

length (m) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0

Fall damper band

Z

When damping, this band decreases the impact force to be born by the human body below 600 kg. Provided with a safety connecting triangle at one end. Compact creased and sewn polyester strap strongly packed in a PVC hose. On the influence of the sudden impact force risen during a possible fall, the seam will be undone from stitch to stitch creating a retarding effect. Tested in compliance with EN 355. CAUTION: The height of free fall, in combination with the connecting materials shall be not less than 6 meter. type

ref. no.

Fall damper band

1730190

Z

Heart mantle rope 14 mm - safety retaining rope Heart mantle retaining rope of 14 mm having a carbine hook at one end and a loop at the other end. The KM-120 design has one large and one small hook. The length of model VM 200/12 is adjustable in the range 1.4 m to 2.0 m by means of a buckle. Tested in compliance with EN 354. type

ref. no.

VM-140/12 VM-200/12 KM-120/12 LM + FS90

1730140 1730180 1730121

ÂŽ

Austria

176

length (m) 1.5 1.4 - 2.0 1.0


GRIP 12 - synchronized retaining clamp with integrated fall damper

Z

Synchronized retaining clamp with integrated fall damper attached inseparably to the work rope and serves as a fall stop. It displaces up and down freely except that it will block during a possible fall. Standard supply consists of: Model GRIP 12 complete with integrated fall damper, supporting rope of 40 cm, carbine with hook and a work rope having a carbine hook at one end and a knot at the other one. Complies with EN 353-2. Application e. g. in the building industry for tilers, carpenters, plasterers etc. type

ref. no.

GRIP 12/10 GRIP 12/15 GRIP 12/20 GRIP 12/30

1761110 1761115 1761120 1761130

length (m) 10.0 15.0 20.0 30.0

12 mm heart mantle rope - safety work rope

Z

The retaining rope can be connected to the work rope by means of a synchronous attaching clamp ROPSTOP 2 & GRIP RESCUE). .

Standard design At one end of the connecting rope, there is a carbine hook with a loop at its other end. .

Complies with EN 353-2. type werklijn

ref. no.

carbine + loop carbine + loop carbine + loop carbine + loop

1761141 1761142 1761143 1761144

length (m) 10 15 20 40

ROPSTOP 2 - synchronized retaining clamp

Z

Synchronized opening retaining clamp that can be attached to any point. It runs along a heart mantle rope of 12 mm and will automatically arrests at a possible fall. Ii can be fixed to a particular place with the help of a handle. Standard supply consists of: Model ROPSTOP 2 complete with a fall arrester and a carbine hook. Tested in compliance with EN 353, in combination with a heart mantle rope and a fall damper band. Application e. g. on steel constructions and ladders. type

ref. no.

Shock absorber as lanyard

1730503

GRIP RESCUE

Z

Synchronized retaining clamp with integrated fall arrester that can be placed at or removed from any point considering that the retaining clamp is an opening-type one. Provided with a descent function that can be switched by means of a handle. Can be fixed at any point by means of the fixation device. Tested in compliance with EN-353-2 and 341 class C, in combination with a heart mantle rope of 12 mm. Application: e. g. for electricity maintenance groups on broadcasting towers and highvoltage posts. Thanks to the fixation device, Grip Rescue is ideal for working on flat roofs. type

ref. no.

GRIP RESCUE

1730506

Austria

177


HWB mini fall stop apparatus

Z

The attaching band winds up and down automatically and at a possible fall it will block the system. Integrated fall arrester. Length of the attaching band is 3.5 m. Low dead weight: 2 kg. Aluminum housing. Tested in compliance with EN 360. type

ref. no.

HWB - 2.0 - K HWB - 2.0 - S HWB - 3.5

1790103 1790105 1790101

length (m) 2.0 2.0 3.5

weight (kg) 1.0 1.0 1.4

HWB-2.0-K HWB-3.5 HWB-2.0-S

HPS fall stop apparatus

Z

Optimum freedom of movement. The steel rope winds down and up automatically thus it is a steady stretched state. At a possible free fall and, what is more, when reaching a velocity higher than 1.5 m/sec, the apparatus will block. Thus, a minimum fall depth is established. 5 mm wire rope as a connecting tool. Integrated fall arrester reduces forces rising at fall. Plastic housing; also available with aluminum housing, up to 60 m of steel rope length. Tested in compliance with EN 360. type

ref. no.

HPS - 5.0 HPS -12.0 HPS -18.0

1790203 1790205 1790207

length steel wire rope (m)

weight (kg)

5.0 12.0 18.0

2.5 4.0 6.7

HRA fall stop apparatus with rescue winch

Z

In a possible fall, the person involved can be put in safety quickly and safely by means of the winch fitted to the fall stop apparatus. -

5 mm wire rope as a connecting tool. Integrated fall arrester. Aluminum housing, available with steel wire ropes of 60 mm long. Tested in compliance with EN 360/1496. type

ref. no.

HRA - 9.5 HRA -24.0

1790301 1790307

Austria

178

length steel wire rope (m)

weight (kg)

9.5 24.0

7.0 15.9


PERFEKT positioning hip straps

front view

Z

- 2 positioning eyes. - Back support of 85 mm wide. - Invariably adjustable and can be locked by means of quick-acting buckles. - Strap width: 45 mm. - Tested in compliance with EN-358. Applicable exclusively for standing positioning work. Not suitable for use as a retaining strap!

rear view

type

ref. no.

waist (cm)

KS - 1 KS - 2 KS - 3

1730001 1730002 1730003

75 - 100 95 - 120 115 - 140

PERFEKT EXPERT sitting straps

Z

- 1 positioning eye at the centre front and 2 ones at the two sides. - Textile loops and rings for tools. - Invariably adjustable and can be locked by means of quick-acting buckles. - Extra wide back support. - Adjustable and easily-opening thigh loops. - Strap width: 45 mm. - Tested in compliance with EN 813. Suitable for frequent use, exclusively for standing and hanging positioning work. Not suitable for use as a retaining strap! type

ref. no.

Perfekt Expert sitting strap

1730072

waist (cm) universal

Aluminum tripod (excl. fall stop apparatus / winch)

Z

This aluminum tripod is an ideal way of suspension for working in silos, tanks, ditches. When combined with a fall stop apparatus fitted with a winch, it allows a controlled lowering of persons or, in an emergency, their quick pullng-up. -

Adjustable legs to eliminate ground unevenness. Capacity range: max. 2 persons. Maximum lifting height: 2.5 m. Tested in compliance with EN 795. ref. no.

dimensions

IK2 / 1000 Alu

1790401

maximum height maximum spread

winch 250 kg * mounting plate winch

1790500 1790511

type

: 2.5 m : 2.4 m

* only to be used in combination with fall stop apparatus

Ladder rope

Z

Ladder Rope from 12 mm heart mantle rope and fitted with hardwood spokes. The ends of the spokes are foreseen with plastic shoes. Complies with Ă&#x2013;-Norm Z 1509. type

ref. no.

ladder rope 5.0 ladder rope 10.0 ladder rope 20.0

1732310 1732311 1732312

length (m) 5 10 20 ÂŽ

Austria

179


Fittings

Z

type

ref. no.

Oval carbine eye with screw-type locking - steel - EN 362

1731646

HMS carbine eye with screw-type locking

1731652

EH -carbine hook with 20 mm opening

1731585

EH - carbine hook with 20 mm opening and rotatable neck portion

1731588

EH - carbine hook with 60 mm opening

1731584

Greif-Fix guying clamp with 80 mm opening

1731580

Greif-Fix guying clamp with 100 mm opening

1731581

Packing system

Z

description

ref. no.

System rucksack fitted with shoulder straps and an extra carrying handle. Reinforced bottom, draw cord for closing the rucksack. Colour: blue

1731645

24 x 60

Steel suitcase fitted with handle and 2 buckles. Colour: blue

1731608

45 x 26 x 18.5

Accessories

dimensions (cm)

Z

type

ref. no.

tool belt bag “Safe” shoulder pad

1731558 1731482

®

Austria

180


21 LIGHT PROFIL CRANE SYSTEM

PAGE 182-185

OVERLOAD LIMITERS

PAGE 186

PORTAL CRANES

PAGE 187

TRIPODS

PAGE 187

TRAVERSE

PAGE 188

181


64 mm

Light crane system

C

125 mm

Characteristics - Best weight/strength ratio - light to use and ergonomic. - Personal crane - improves productivity. - Closed construction - not exposed to dust - durable. - Bolted connections - easy to install and adapt to changing needs. - Standardised components - competitively priced. PROFILE 125 108 mm

Weight (deflection 1:350) - Please check the technical documentation for exact span and suspension distances! 8000 7000 Profile 260

6000 5000

200 mm

Profile 200

4000 Profile 125

3000 2000 1000 0

PROFILE 200

(mm)

50

80

250

125

1000

500

1500

2000 (kg)

REMA速 light crane system is based on a steel profile construction with three profile sizes of 125, 200 and 260, and it covers a load range up to 2000 kg. The system comprises of hoist tracks, and single and double girder cranes. Single and double girder cranes can be delivered in standard or raised type. The cranes can be mounted with standard suspensions to the building or to the freestanding steel frame standing on the floor. Because the system is modular it can be modified to suit individual requirements. 108 mm

T

R

Suspension

l

260 mm

p

profile

PROFILE 260

125 200 260

R min. (mm)

P max. (mm)

I min. (mm)

I max. (mm)

Wx (cm3)

lx (cm4)

weight (kg)

100 150 150

200 300 300

100 100 100

T/5

30 93 149

192 913 1918

8.2 18.0 21.8

REMA patented trolley The patented trolley can be equipped, in combination with a light crane system, with an overload protection. Characteristics - Patented trolley is nearly silent - quality for the working environment. - Suitable for a wide range of applications and easily modified - economical and efficient. - Impact resistant powder coating - no need for patch painting. - Rolling resistance only approx. 1% of the moved load - ergonomic. - Standardised kit construction - minimal planning. - Overload protection - the safest light crane system. Available with a unique and patented overload protection!

182


Hoist track

C

For a truly ergonomic way to achieve productivity, choose the REMA light crane system! Hoist track REMA速 hoist track is a convenient way to solve local lifting and transportation problems. It is a versatile solution to enhance productivity and safety in any production place. As the hoist track is functional and effi cient it can be reconfigured to adapt to changing conditions. REMA速 hoist track is designed for easy assembly. Custom parts can be also supplied to suit individual requirements.

Turntable

Hoist track

Curve

Track switch

track length L mounting distance T

Mounting Suspension A: on I-girder

B: on ceiling

C: distance holder

D: concrete beam

E: on side

F: U-shape

Profile

distance

distance

distance

distance

distance

distance

125 200/260

103 . . . 133 128 . . . 160

103 . . . 133 128 . . . 160

< 500 < 500

203 . . . 233 228 . . . 260

48 . . . . 78 84 . . . 116

108 . . . 138 140 . . . 172

CHECKLIST for requesting a profile crane - Type of crane; single, double or raised girder or monorail. - Capacity. - Span (S) for girder cranes. - Track length. - Type of suspension (page193) type A, B, C, D, E, or F. - To what the crane will be mounted; e.g. roof trusses, I/H beams. (indicate type). - Distance between suspension points (T). - Power supply system yes / no. - Driving crane standard hand mechanical. Electric drive optional. - Type of hoist or tool. - Lifting height of the hoist.

183


Single and double girder crane

C

An overhead light crane system is the best solution for workstation lifting tasks due to its extensive coverage and user friendliness. Swinging of the load is minimized because the trolley centralizes itself automatically to the right lifting position. By choosing an overhead light crane solution a significant amount of extra performance can be achieved, for example, to assembly-, production- and maintenancework. Combinations of different profiles are available to suit individual lifting requirements. The most cost effective crane solution is the single girder crane. In a double girder crane the hoist is suspended from a hoist saddle located between the bridge profiles. With this configuration the lifting height is greater than the height achieved with a single girder crane. Also the load capacity is doubled. In some cases the raised single or double girder crane, in which the bridge profiles are raised up between the tracks, is the right choice especially when the lifting height has to be maximised. Standard bridge profiles are delivered in full meters between 1 and 8 meters powder painted to yellow RAL 1007. Special lengths and powder paint colours red RAL 2002 and green RAL 6018 are available on request. S

Single girder crane

T

a

b

a b (mm) (mm) 150 125 294 222 385 200 282 260 445 *= maximum length of standard profile. profile

S

80 kg 7.8 / 7.4 8* / 8* -

Smax / Tmax in meters (1/350) 125 kg 250 kg 500 kg

1000 kg

1500 kg

6.6 / 6.6 8* / 8* -

4.4 / 4.3 6.6 / 6.2

3.1 / 2.9 4.6 / 4.4

4.7 / 4.3 8* / 8* -

2.6 / 2.4 7.1 / 6.8 8* / 8*

Double girder crane

T

a B

b

a b B 80 kg (mm) (mm) (mm) 150 294 125 294 8* / 6.5 222 392 200 385 8* / 8* 282 375 260 445 *= maximum length of standard profile. profile

184

Smax / Tmax in meters (1/350) 125 kg 250 kg 500 kg 8* / 5.0 8* / 8* -

6.6 / 4.0 8* / 8* -

4.7 / 2.9 8* / 6.4 8* / 8*

1000 kg

1500 kg

2000 kg

7.2 / 5.0 8* / 6.1

5.3 / 3.2 8* / 4.6

5.3 / 3.1 6.4 / 3.8


Single and double freestanding girder crane

C

REMA速 freestanding cranes are designed for locations where the ceiling cannot carry to crane load. It is also a perfect solution for cases where there is a need to reposition the cranes to allow changes in layout. With standard constructions freestanding cranes do not need to be specially designed and therefore they are simple to specify and purchase. All profi les and supporting steel frames are powder painted.

X

W +0.5 - 0.6 m

T

Characteristics - Standardised dimensions - quick delivery. - Freestanding construction - can be installed directly on to floor. - Easy to install - all nut and bolt connections no welding required. Capacities 80, 125, 250, 500, 1000, 1500 and 2000 kg.

frame mounting

floor mounting

capacity (kg)

x (mm)

80 - 500 501 - 2000

96 114

Single and double girder crane length (W) Standard track length up to Standard support distance (T) Total height alternatives

2-8 m 36 m 6m 3-4-5 m

Raised single and double girder cranes

C

- Standardised construction - quick delivery. - Low construction height - increased lifting height. Raised single and double girder cranes are designed specially for buildings with limited headroom where standard construction could not provide the lifting height needed. The raised bridge construction where the bridge profiles are raised between the track profiles increases the lifting height. Also the raised light crane system can be suspended from both existing ceiling construction or from freestanding support frames.

C

Raised single girder crane D

profile type track bridge

C

125 200 260

E

125 200 260

E (mm) 264 335 395

D (mm) 159 223 283

Raised double girder crane B

C profile type track bridge

D

125 200 260

E

185

C (mm) 199 269 329

125 200 260

E (mm) 264 335 395

D (mm) 159 223 283

B (mm) 57 69 69


150 kg - 12.000 kg

HF overload limiter for wire ropes

V

Principle of operation The deviation of the cable exerted by the intervention of the sensor produces a force tangentially proportional to the force exerted on the traction cable. The deformation of the body of the sensor makes the micro switch integrated in the sensor turn on. Technical specifications Execution of base Measurement sensor Installation Sensor material Surface treatment Weighing System Cut-off tension Cut-off intensity Repetition Degree of precision Temp. of use Degree of protection Maintenance Joining Electrical outlet Length of lead Option

: for cables from 4 to 35 mm : integrated micro switch : directly on the dead line : aeronautical quality aluminium : colourless anodic oxidation : by micrometric screw : maxi 220 VAC : maxi 5 amperes :1% : 5 % of F.S.R. : from -30° to +80° C : IP 40 : none : electric cable 3 conductors : plug : 2 metres and option of 5 metres : version IP65

Domain of use This sensor was specially conceived to equip overhead cranes of small and average capacity at a democratic price. type

ref. no.

safe working load (t)

cable diameter (mm)

L

B

D

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg)

HF-0A HF-1A HF-2A HF-3A

4498000 4498001 4498002 4498003

150 - 1.600 250 - 3.200 500 - 7.000 1.000 - 12.000

4 - 10 5 - 16 17 - 25 24 - 35

120 150 200 280

59 70 98 138

28 40 50 60

0.40 0.85 2.00 5.00

weight

2.000 kg - 100.000 kg

PO pin load cells

V

REMA PO pin load cells are mainly used as load control in weight lifting systems like cranes, pulleys etc. Safe working loads from 2.000 up to 100.000 kg.

D1

D2

Type 1 P

Æ E

P/2 C

P/2 B A

D1

C

Properties - High quality steel construction. - Accurate setting. - Capacities from 2 ton up to 100 ton. - Protection IP65-67 (EN 60529). - High accuracy.

CHECKLIST for requesting a pin load cell Please mention always:

Standard delivery - High quality steel pin. - Cable length 5 m, 6 x 0.14 qmm. - Control box 165 x 160 x 65 mm IP66.

- Measurement A, B, D1, D2,Æ E, M. - Crane capacity. - Protection class (i.g. IP65 or IP67).

D2

Type 2

- Number of falls.

Options - Stainless steel pin. - EX version category II zone 22D.

P

- Determine fixation point.

Æ E M

type

P/2 C

P/2 B A

PO 2-100

ref. no.

safe working load (t)

4498200

2 - 100

C

186

A

B

D1

D2

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

M Æ E (mm)

(mm)

weight (kg)


PKA aluminum portal cranes

V

Properties - Very-short-time assembly and disassembly of some minutes. - Can be dismounted to 3 parts, namely 2 columns and 1 traverse beam. - Collapsible columns for easy transport. - Adjustable height so that the crane can be installed in lowceiling rooms. - Adjustable span through displaceable columns (at one side). - Very low dead weight seeing that the crane as made of aluminum and plastic as a whole.

working height

Application Where a temporary hoisting point should be established quickly and easily. Standard delivery - With trolley included. - With hoist excluded (see Chapter 1). Options - Beam length between 2 and 5 meter. - Wall bracket for 1 side. - Movable design (in unloaded state)

PKAV

type

PKA-K-2 PKA-K-3 PKA-K-4 PKA-M-2 PKA-M-3 PKA-M-4 PKA-G-2 PKA-G-3 PKA-G-4 PKA-G-5

ref. no.

3940008 3940000 3940001 3940009 3940002 3940003 3940010 3940004 3940005 3940006

safe working load (kg) 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500

COLLAPSIBLE COLUMN

beam lenght

working height

leg width

weight

(mm) 2000 3000 4000 2000 3000 4000 2000 3000 4000 5000

(mm) 1180 - 2100 1180 - 2100 1180 - 2100 1680 - 3000 1680 - 3000 1680 - 3000 2230 - 4000 2230 - 4000 2230 - 4000 2230 - 4000

(mm) 1200 1200 1200 1710 1710 1710 2290 2290 2290 2290

± 98 ± 98 ± 98 ±118 ±118 ±118 ±138 ±138 ±138 ±155

(kg)

D / DW aluminum tripods

V

REMA aluminum tripods are very light and easily transportable in any car trunks as these tripods can be folded as a telescope so they are ideal for every kind of work.

STANDARD

TIP END LEG

type

D - 250 D - 500 D - 530 D -1000 D -1004 DW - 200 DW - 500 DW - 530 DW -1000 DW -1004*

OPTIONAL

OPTIONAL

FLAT FOOT PLATES

CHAIN SECURED

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

leg length min / max (mm)

3050001 3050005 3050002 3050004 3050006 3050003 3050007 3050009 3050011 3050013

250 500 500 1000 1000 200 500 500 1000 1000

1180 - 1880 1500 - 2500 1760 - 3000 1780 - 3000 2250 - 4000 1180 - 1880 2100 - 2500 2400 - 3000 2400 - 3000 2850 - 4000

Series D is fitted with suspension eyes, height adjustment and tip-end legs. Series DW tripods are fitted with zinc-coated winches with load pressure brakes, complete with steel wire ropes and rotatable hooks, height adjustment and tip-end legs. working height (1) minimum / maximum min / max spread (mm) (mm) 940 - 1580 1150 - 2050 1450 - 2630 1380 - 2540 1860 - 3440 940 - 1580 1700 - 2100 2000 - 2500 1900 - 2400 2400 - 3400

950 - 1500 1200 - 1950 1430 - 2390 1650 - 2350 1790 - 3070 950 - 1500 1500 - 2000 1900 - 2500 1900 - 2500 2200 - 3000

lifting height

weight

(M)

(kg)

5 5 7 7 7

10 17 20 27 36 20 35 45 45 69

(1) at maximum spread (25°). * upper part of legs is made of zinc-coated steel. Options flat footplates with anti-slip coating securing with chain against leg slip

ref. no. 3050025 3050026

STEEL TRIPODS ON REQUEST

187


Hoist traverse beams with 2 fixed or adjustable hooks

V

D

Standard delivery - Surface finish: zinc phosphate primer RAL 2004 (orange). - Capacity range labelling - Black-and-yellow safety markings at beam ends - Hooks equipped with safety latches.

D nxk C

C

k

H

H

L A

Lmax A

B1

B2

.

Options - Sound blasting and finish in a desired RAL-colour. - Higher load capacity and different dimensions. safe capacity (kg) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1600 1600 1600 1600 2500 2500 2500 2500

dimensions

fixed hook distance

A (mm)

B1 (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

B2 (mm)

H (mm)

L (mm)

weight (kg)

1070 1670 2570 3220 1690 2590 3240 4090 2590 3240 4090 5090

65 65 75 85 75 85 90 100 90 100 110 135

85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85

55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 70 70 70 70

140 140 160 170 150 170 190 200 180 200 220 240

380 400 420 420 480 500 520 520 540 560 580 600

1000 1600 2500 3150 1600 2500 3150 4000 2500 3150 4000 5000

13 22 38 57 27 55 78 98 68 111 138 198

adjustable hook distance

ref. no.

Lmax (mm)

nxk (mm)

weight (kg)

3962001 3962003 3962005 3962007 3962009 3962011 3962013 3962015 3962017 3962019 3962021 3962023

1000 1600 2500 3150 1600 2500 3150 4000 2500 3150 4000 5000

2 x 150 3 x 150 5 x 150 7 x 150 2 x 200 4 x 200 5 x 200 7 x 200 4 x 200 5 x 200 7 x 200 8 x 200

30 40 67 100 48 83 120 171 115 140 202 284

ref. no. 3962041 3962043 3962045 3962047 3962049 3962051 3962053 3962055 3962057 3962059 3962061 3962063

BBJ / BBJR cross traverses

V

Properties - 4 welded hooks for stable suspension. - Surface finish: RAL 2004 (orange). - Capacity range labelling. - Black-and-yellow safety markings at beam ends. - Hooks equipped with safety latches. type

BBJ - 1.0 BBJ - 1.5 BBJ - 2.0 BBJ - 2.5 BBJR - 1.0 BBJR - 1.5

Stainless steel design - Stainless steel design intended for the fodder and food industry (model BBJR).

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

length

width

(mm)

(mm)

3963010 3963015 3963020 3963025 3963110 3963115

1000 1500 2000 2500 1000 1500

800 800 800 800 800 800

800 800 800 800 800 800

lifting eye diameter (mm)

headroom

25 25 25 25 25 25

150 150 200 200 215 230

(mm)

HTH fork-lift hook

V

Properties - Make a mobile crane of your fork-lift truck. - Screw clamps on the forks for safety. - Swivel hook.

I M P O R T A N T - Do not exceed the capacity of the fork-lift truck. - Pay attention to the loadâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s centre of gravity. - Prevent wobbling of the load during transport.

Option - Higher capacities up to 5000 kg on special request. type

HTH - 1000 HTH - 2500

ref. no.

safe working load (kg)

dimensions forks (mm)

weight

3963501 3963503

1000 2500

145 x 55 145 x 55

14 25

188

(kg)


22 INFO FLAT CABLE SYSTEM

B PAGE 190

CABLE SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

PAGE 191

FLAT CABLE TROLLEYS

PAGE 192

ROUND CABLE TROLLEYS

PAGE 193

PENDANT CONTROL TROLLEYS

PAGE 194

FLAT CABLE

PAGE 194

PENDANT CONTROL PANELS

PAGE 194

189


Suspended cables for crane power supply

H

A simple and cost-conscious solution for supplying cranes, transport equipment, trolleys, electric tools, machines with power. Suitable for guiding various types of cables. Fail-safe and trouble-free operation. Can be easily assembled. Also available for curved tracks. Zinc-coated as standard; also available in stainless steel design. Easily expandable. Almost maintenance-free.

Table 1.

Table 2. Selecting the right rail profile for planning profile

round cable diameter in mm

safety load cable runner

8 -15 no. 400 no. 300 no. 100

16 - 24

25 - 32

33 - 43

44 - 60

flat cable 100 x 40 mm flat cable 100 x 30 mm flat cable 55 x 20 mm

50 kg 30 kg 10 kg

A complete installation consists of: a. running rails

- Specify the profile size with the help of table 2. - The total rail length consists of the track length (e. g. crane or lift track) plus the necessary overtravel (the length of the cable cars pushed together +15 %). (see Table 1)

b. braces

- Number of braces: the number of rails minus 1.

c. Supporting members - Determination of the number of upper and lateral supporting members: - Along the running path in 1 to 2 m intervals. - Along the loading path in 0.5 to 1 m intervals. d. cable cars

- For determining the number of cable cars multiply the allowable cable deflection by two and divide the length of track by the result obtained. Example - rail length: 12 m. - deflection: 0.6 m. - 12: (2 x 0,6) = 12:1,2 = 10 units including the tow car.

e. tow car

- 1 unit per installation

f. connecting clamp

- 1 unit per installation

g. rail stop

- 1 unit per installation

Suspended cables available on special inquiries

190


Fittings for suspension cables C-rails

rail profile

s

The standard length of C-rails for each profile sizes is appr. 6 m Orders shorter than 18 m are delivered in 3 m lengths for an easier transport.

h e

100 300 400

b d

H

ref. no.

capacity per meter (kg)

d

h

b

e

s

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

80 100 200

30 40 48.5

28 35 43.5

8 11 15

15.6 19.8 24.8

1.75 2.75 3.20

1.3 2.5 3.6

4001001 4001003 4001005

s h

Rail extensions

type

ref. no.

1103 1303 1403

4003001 4003003 4003005

type

ref. no.

101 301 401

4005001 4005003 4005005

type

102 302 402

b

L

Lateral fastener

L

b

d

n

rail profile 100 300 400

rail profile

L

b

h

s

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

85 120 150

38 50 60

36 45 54

3 4 4.5

0.3 0.6 10.0

b

L

h

n

d

weight

s

(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) h

s

Top fastener

s

h

100 300 400

38 50 60

60 76 94

40 55 68

ref. no.

rail profile

b

h

L

4007001 4007003 4007005 4038003

40 39 63 ± 3.5 90 100 55 50 80 ± 4.0 115 300 60 59 94 ± 4.0 130 400 C-rail console included 2 clamps

(mm) (mm) (mm) b

n d L

10 13 16.5

n

d

(mm)

(kg/pce) 0.15 0.35 0.45

3 4 4.5

8 11 13

s

weight

(mm) (mm) (kg/pce) 0.20 0.35 0.60

3 4 4.5

8 11 13

C-rail console 60 cm included 2 clamps........................................ref. no.: 4038003

Rail end stop

b

a

type

ref. no.

100P 300P 400P

4009001 4009003 4009005

c d

Rail path curve 90°

L

R

90° r

for rail profile

a

b

c

d

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

100 300 400

25 30 35

26 32 39

23 27 34

M 8 M10 M10

0.05 0.09 0.12

type

for rail profile

L

R

(mm)

(mm)

100 100 100 100 100 300 300 300 300 300 400 400 400 400 400

100 100 100 100 100 300 300 300 300 300 400 400 400 400 400

500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

650 1000-1500 1501-2000 2001-2500 2501-3000 630 1000-1500 1501-2000 2001-2500 2501-3000 610 1200-1500 1501-2000 2001-2500 2501-3000

191


Fittings for suspension cables Ribbon cable cars All cable cars are fitted with impact and water-resistant wheels; buffers at both sides.

L

H

ref. no.

type

for railprofile

cableholder (mm)

b

h

L

r

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

4011001 4012001 4011004 4011003 4011006 4011005

157* 137 337 337 437 437

100 100 300 300 400 400

55 x 20 55 x 20 60 x 40 100 x 40 80 x 40 100 x 40

55 55 60 100 80 100

20 20 40 40 40 40

95 95 150 180 180 180

25 25 45 45 45 45

L

r

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

0.3 0.4 0.8 1.1 1.2 1.3

* fitted with plastic wheels

b

h r

Path-end connecting clamps for ribbon cables

L

h

ref. no.

type

for railprofile

cableholder (mm)

b

h

(mm)

(mm)

4013001 4013004 4013003 4013006 4013005

137E 337E 337E 437E 437E

100 300 300 400 400

55 x 20 60 x 40 100 x 40 80 x 40 100 x 40

55 60 100 80 100

20 40 40 40 40

107 150 150 150 150

ref. no.

type

for railprofile

cableholder (mm)

b

h

L

r

weight

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(kg/pce)

157M* 137M 337M 337M 437M 437M

100 100 300 300 400 400

55 x 20 55 x 20 60 x 40 100 x 40 80 x 40 100 x 40

55 55 60 100 80 100

20 20 40 40 40 40

0.3 0.7 0.8 0.7 0.8

25 45 45 45 45

b

r

Tow cars for ribbon cables

4015001 4016001 4015004 4015003 4015006 4015005

165 165 260 260 260 260

0.5 0.6 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.8

25 25 45 45 45 45

* fitted with plastic wheels

L

h r b

H

RKL Elephant round cable trolleys Available 2 types

- RKL 75-100 - RKL 125-150

Elephant round cable trolleys are developed to relieve the tension on round power supply cables of cranes so they do not hang down beside the track. Downhanging of the cable approx................................................60 to 1000 mm. Room between running surface and top of the trolley .................48 mm Properties - Easy and simple mountable on a monorail, wall jib cranes or pillar jib cranes. type

RKL 75-100 RKL 125-150

ref. no.

for flange width (mm)

cable diameter (mm)

outside measures min-max (mm)

thickness of the trolley (mm)

4023003 4023005

75 - 125 125 - 175

17-24 17-24

145-195 193-242

55 55

192


Fittings for suspension cables Ribbon cable cars

type

for rail profile

135 135 335 335 435 435

100 100 300 300 400 400

Design: steel / galvanized

L h

e

h1

H

for h h1 L Æ cable (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 8 - 15 16 - 24 8 - 15 16 - 24 8 - 15 16 - 24

91 96 116 121 140 142

68 73 90 95 104 106

90 90 100 100 100 100

L1 (mm) 70 100 70 100 70 100

b

e

(mm) (mm) 40 50 40 50 40 50

40 40 60 60 70 70

weight

ref. no. single

ref. no. double

4017001 4017003 4017011 4017013 4017021 4017023

4017051 4017053 4017061 4017063 4017071 4017073

(kg/pce 0.26 0.31 0.55 0.62 0.70 0.75

swiveable L1

b

37

PVC round cable cars for steel wire rope 3-8 mm.

44 Æ 22

type

for Æ cable (mm)

RKW

10-22

3 - 8 mm 90

3 - 8 mm

ref. no.

4023001

10 - 22 mm 10 - 22 mm

Path-end connecting clamps for round cable Design: steel / galvanized

L e

h

h1

L1 cableclamp does not swivel

type

for rail profile

135E 135E 335E 335E 435E 435E

100 100 300 300 400 400

for h h1 L Æ cable (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 8 - 15 16 - 24 8 - 15 16 - 24 8 - 15 16 - 24

73 78 95 100 114 119

50 55 69 74 79 84

100 100 150 150 150 150

L1 (mm) 70 100 70 100 70 100

b

e

(mm) (mm)

weight

ref. no. single

ref. no. double

(kg/pce

40 50 40 50 40 50

4 4 5 5 5 5

0.15 0.20 0.29 0.33 0.30 0.33

4019001 4019003 4019011 4019013 4019021 4019023

4019051 4019053 4019061 4019063 4019071 4019073

r

k

weight

ref. no. single

ref. no. double

4021001 4021003 4021011 4021013 4021021 4021023

4021051 4021053 4021061 4021063 4021071 4021073

In case of ordering please state number of clamps. b

Tow cars for round cable

type

Design: steel / galvanized 135M 135M 335M 335M 435M 435M

for rail profile 100 100 300 300 400 400

for L e f Æ cable (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 8 - 15 16 - 24 8 - 15 16 - 24 8 - 15 16 - 24

40 40 60 60 70 70

70 70 70 70 70 70

(mm) 40 40 40 40 40 40

In case of ordering please state number of clamps.

L e g

f swiveable

165 165 225 225 260 260

g

r

k

193

(mm) (mm) 20 20 20 20 20 20

15 15 15 15 15 15

(kg/pce) 0.48 0.51 1.00 1.05 1.33 1.38


Ideal pendant control cars

H

REMA Ideal pendant control cars with plug connection By means of the REMA Ideal pendant control car, pendant controls can be pulled easily into any position to control a hoist or a crane independently from the place of load lifting. Type 150/350 Type 150B/350B Type 150S/350S Type 150SB/350SB

type

ref. no.

150 150 B 350 350 B 150 S 150 SB 350 S 350 SB

4033001 4033004 4033003 4033006 4033002 4033007 4033008 4033010

pendant control car with terminal box without brake. pendant control car with terminal box and brake. pendant control car with connection plug and without brake. pendant control car with connection plug and brake.

profile

ducts (mm)

L1 (mm)

L2 (mm)

h (mm)

weight (mm)

100

55 x 20

430

550

280

3.0

300

55 x 20

500

620

300

3.5

100

55 x 20

445

565

282

3.5

300

55 x 20

515

635

302

4.0

Ribbon cable with PVC sheath

H

- Cold- and weather-resistant (-30° to +70°C). - Rated voltage: 500 V. ref. no.

PVC stuffing boxes for ribbon cables with counter nuts type

ref. no.

width

PG-16 PG-21 PG-29 PG-36 PG-42 PG-48

4031001 4031003 4031005 4031007 4031009 4031011

up to 17 mm up to 20 mm up to 29 mm up to 38 mm up to 42 mm up to 48 mm

4025001 4025003 4025005 4025007 4025009 4025015 4025017 4025019 4025021 4025023 4025025 4025027

core x mm2

load rating

measurements (mm)

weight (mm)

4 x 1.5 4 x 2.5 4 x 4.0 4 x 6.0 4 x10.0 7 x 2.5 7 x 4.0 8 x 1.5 8 x 2.5 10 x 1.5 12 x 1.5 12 x 2.5

18 A 26 A 34 A 44 A 61 A 18 A 24 A 12 A 17 A 9A 13 A 27 A

5.0 x 15.0 5.7 x 18.5 6.9 x 21.5 7.6 x 24.5 9.6 x 31.0 5.7 x 33.5 6.9 x 38.0 5.0 x 30.0 5.7 x 37.5 5.0 x 36.0 5.0 x 41.0 5.7 x 51.0

0.15 0.22 0.32 0.43 0.69 0.39 0.56 0.30 0.43 0.36 0.42 0.61

Pendant controls Télémecanique

H

movement

ref. no.

direct control max. 2.2 kW AC-3

up - down - emergency stop up - down - 2 speed - emergency stop up - down - left/right - emergency stop up - down - left/right - 2 speed - emergency stop up - down - left/right - crane drive - emergency stop up - down - left/right - crane drive - 2 speed - emergency stop

0716001 0716003 0716005 0716007 0716009 0716011

low voltage control

up - down - emergency stop up - down - 2 speed - emergency stop up - down - left/right - emergency stop up - down - left/right - 2 speed - emergency stop up - down - left/right - crane drive - emergency stop up - down - left/right - crane drive - 2 speed - emergency stop

0717001 0717003 0717005 0717007 0717009 0717011

control

Pendant controls Elephant control

movement

low voltage control

FAH 2 buttons + emergency stop - 1 speed FBH 2 buttons + emergency stop - 2 speed

194

H

4493039 4493041


note

195


note

196


K E U R B ED

&

HEFMID

RI

J

N

I

E

H

JS

N

ER

K

DE

VE

EN

-

DE

L

Rema katalógus  

Rema katalógus

Read more
Read more
Similar to
Popular now
Just for you